Environment

en la0&104@18] dk layXud&d
ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT PLAN
OF GNIDA MASTER
PLAN 2021
Submitted to:
Greater Noida Industrial Development
Authority (GNIDA)
Prepared By
ENV DAS India Pvt. Ltd., Lucknow
QCI Accreditated Serial No. 45
March 2016
www.dasindia.org Page 0
e, Madhya Pradesh,
Environmental Management Plan for Greater Noida 2021
1. Introduction
Rapid urbanization is an intrinsic part of the development process. One of the major challenges
before the nation is to provide for planned neat urban settlements with adequate greenery and open
spaces rather than unplanned haphazard and polluted slum like urban settlements. The quality of
the urban centre determines the quality of life of the inhabitants. Planning of a new urban centre
therefore is of utmost importance for defining the quality of life.
1.1 Project Description
Greater Noida has been developed as Metro centre providing for quality urban environment, to
attract economic activities and population to decongest Delhi.
Fig 1.1:Population Congestion Around Greater Noida
Origin of Greater Noida
In the early 1980s the government of India realized that the rapid rate at which Delhi was
expanding would result in chaos, so they planned to develop residential and industrial areas around
the capital to reduce the demographic burden. Before Greater Noida, there were two areas that had
been developed—Gurgaon, across the border from Haryana, and Noida, across the border
with Uttar Pradesh.
Noida's infrastructure was carefully laid out, but the 1990s saw huge growth in the Indian
economy. Migration to cities like Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, and Bangalore exceeded
planning estimates. Noida was developed to accommodate population growth for 20–25 years. The
massive population influx to Delhi, however, caused it to overload in a mere 15 years.
The government of Uttar Pradesh decided to develop another city as an extension to Noida with
better planning. The idea was to create a world-class city. It was planned to be approximately
25 km from Noida. A railway station near Boraki and an international airport were included later
in the plan intending to develop Greater Noida as an independent city; the airport was scrapped in
early 2012.
Greater Noida is a planned township. Roads are wide with service lanes for every major road. The
sectors are named by letters of the Greek alphabet. All cabling and utilities are run underground.
Alpha, Beta, and Gamma are the oldest sectors. The other sectors are named as MU, OMICRON
etc.The present GNIDA office is in Gamma II sector just opposite the historical village Rampur
Jagir/Jahangir where the great revolutionary Pandit Ram Prasad Bismil lived in 1919 when he was
hidden underground after the Mainpuri conspiracy.
GNIDA is a progressive new concept of a planned city.The basic need is to address urban
sustainability, where resource optimization is the key.The Environment Management Plan for the
master plan would help in setting up the guiding principles and benchmark for the city’s
development & operation.
The overall perspective of the Greater Noida is an integrated township with light/medium to heavy
industries with adequate provision of residential facilities for the work force in industries,
commercial organizations, health & educational facilities, police, fire, P&T and other facilities
along with necessary civic amenities such as water supply, drainage, sewerage, arterial roads,
electricity, telecommunication, & greenery etc. at par with international standards. Greater Noida
2021 is a vision to make the city a better, greener and safer place along with sustainable economic
development.
The notified area of Greater Noida comprising of 124 villages and about 38,000 Ha of area is
broadly bounded by NH-24 in the north-west, river Hindon in the western side and GT
road/Northern Railway main line to Calcutta on the eastern side. It is abutting the areas of Noida
on its western side and Ghaziabad on the northern side.
Greater Noida currently houses 5 UPSIDC industrial estates and 4 industrial estate of Greater
Noida. Greater Noida has successfully attracted large scale investments from reputed companies.
In near future an international airport and one gas based power plant will also be planned in this
area.
Preparation of Greater Noida Master Plan 2021
The Genesis & Evolution:
• In year 1998 preparation of Greater Noida Master Plan 2021 was started by the GNIDA
Authority.
• After hearing of, public objection/suggestions invited by means of publication of notice in

leading newspapers, the Master Plan-2021 was finalised in year 2001 and approved in 41th Board
Meeting.
• The Greater Noida Master Plan-2021 was sent to State Government on 18.12.2001 for
approval and thereafter sent to NCRPB for comments/ suggestions.
• On 4th, September, 2006, Greater Noida Authority was invited to present its Master Plan
2021 before the Planning Committee, NCRPB.
• Few Observations were raised by Planning Committee on Master Plan 2021.
• On 28th, June 2012 the Greater Noida Master Plan 2021 was approved by the Planning
Committee of the NCR Planning Board with 5 conditions.
• The NCR Planning Board in its meeting on 24th August 2012 approved the Greater Noida
Master Plan -2021 with conditions as recommended by the Planning Committee.
• The Conditions were complied by Greater Noida Authority andfinally the Master Plan-
2021 of Greater Noida was notified inMarch2013.
1.2 Objectives
Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is the key to ensure a safe and clean environment. The
desired results from the environmental mitigation measures proposed in the project may not be
obtained without a management plan to assure its proper implementation & function. The EMP
envisages the plans for the proper implementation of mitigation measures to reduce the adverse
impacts arising out of the project activities during pre-construction, construction and operation
stage.
An EMP is project specific plan developed to ensure that appropriate environmental management
practices are followed during a project’s construction and/or operation.
An effective EMP should ensure:
· Application of best practice environmental management to a project

· Implementation of a project’s EIA including its conditions of approval or consent
· Compliance with environmental legislation, and
· Environmental risks associated with a project are properly managed.
Purpose of Environmental Management Plan
· To treat and dispose off all the pollutants viz. liquid, gaseous and solid waste to meet statutory
requirements (Relevant Pollution Control Acts) with appropriate technology.
· To support and implement development work to achieve environmental standards and to improve
the methods of environmental management.
· To promote green-belt development.
· To encourage good working conditions for the residents & employees.
· To reduce fire and accident hazards.
· Budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management system.
· To adopt cleaner production technology and waste minimization program.
1.3 Scope and Limitation
The scope of the study is:-

Ø Identification, prediction and evaluation of potential environmental impacts expected
during the developmental and operational phases of the Master Plan 2021.
Ø Preparation of mitigation measures, Environmental Management Plan (EMP) of
suggested mitigation measures.
The limitation of the study is:-

Ø The assessment of impacts, the prediction of environmental impacts and the proposed
mitigation measures are based on the preliminary scheme design. The scheme design and
environment mitigation measures will be refined and developed simultaneously during detailed
design stage before construction. This may result in changes in scheme design as being accounted
for in this EMP.
Ø Representation of spatial or temporal considerations may not be properly done
Ø Addressing of synergistic impacts may not be adequately done.
Ø Population projections at best describe the likely trend, however, the actual population
may be lesser, or worse, even more.
Ø Designing of basic infrastructure is based on the population projections. These may fail
if there is even a slight change in population.
1.4 Project Team, Company Profile & Panel of Experts
Table 1.1: Project Team
EIA Coordinator
Name: Mr. B. M. Agrawal
Contact Information 9415017320
Empanelled/In-house Functional Area Expert
LU (Land use) Mr. B. M. Agrawal (Approved IH)
AQ (Air Quality) Dr. M.K. Mishra(Approved Empanelled)
AP (Air Pollution) Dr. M.K. Mishra(Approved Empanelled)
WP (Water Pollution) Ms. Anupama Singh (Approved IH)
EB (Ecology and Biodiversity) Mr. Mohammad Ahsan (Retd. PCCF, UP Forest
Dept.)
Dr. Bajrang Singh (Approved Empanelled)
Ms. SumaiyaWaheed(Approved IH)
SE (Socio Economy) Mr. Akhil Prasad(Approved IH)
GS (Geology and Soil) Mr. Gautum Gosh (Approved Empanelled)
HG (Hydrology and Ground water) Mr. B. M. Agrawal (Approved IH)
RH (Risk and Hazards) Mr. Akash Kumar (Proposed IH-FAE)
SHW (Municipal waste) Mr. Y. N. Chaturvedi (IH)
Ms. Pritika Gupta (Approved IH-FAE for MSW)
Dr. Ritu Pandey (Proposed IH-FAE)
Name of Project Associates Mr. Akash Kumar
Ms. SumaiyaWaheed
Ms. Tushali Jagwani
Ms. Shweta Gupta
Technical Assistance: Mr. Izhar Hussian,
Mr. Saksham Mathur
Company Profile
DAS INDIA has a strong, committed pool of Human Resource with varied experiences and
expertise in Social development, management, finance, systems development and Information
technology, agriculture and forestry. It includes people from leading educational institutions of
national and international repute with demonstrated field and grassroots experiences.
This multidisciplinary pool of Human resource has enabled us to provide a wide-spectrum of

appropriate, well-targeted and diligently implemented multidisciplinary consulting support, taking
into cognizance the specific requirements of our clients. In 1998, DAS INDIA diversified, setting –
up an infrastructure division, primarily composed of specialists in water-resources, structural &
environmental engineering. This was a strategic expansion to cater to an increasing demand for
technical and ground level inputs on major ‘people- centered’ infrastructure initiatives at the
grassroots.
Sectors Approved-
§ Highways
§ Building and Large construction
§ Township and Area Development
§ Irrigation projects
§ Cement plants
§ Distilleries
§ Pulp & paper industry excluding manufacturing of paper from wastepaper and manufacture of
paper from ready pulp without bleaching
§ Mining of minerals
Table 1.2: Panel of Experts
S.No Name Qualification

1. Mr. B.M.Agarwal Retd. Engineer in Chief, U.P Irrigation
M.Tech Structural Engineering
B.Tech Civil Engineering(Roorkee University)
2. Mr. Mohammad Retd. PCCF, UP Forest Dept.
Ahsan
3. Mr. T.N.Chaturvedi B. Tech Mechanical (Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur)
4. Mr. Y.N.Chaturvedi M.Tech Municipal & Sanitary Engg.
B.Tech Civil Engineering, (IIT Kharagpur)
5. Mr. N.C.Pandey M.E. (Hons) Environmental Engineering
(Moti Lal Nehru Regional Engineering College)
6. Mr. Akhil Prasad Master of Arts
Social and Cultural Anthropology (University of Lucknow)
7. Dr. S.P. Jain Ph.D. Sociology
(Punjab University, Chandigarh)
8. Dr. S.P.Shukla Ph.D. (Civil) Environmental Engineering Indian Institute of
Technology, Kanpur)
9. Dr. Bajrang Singh PhD, Botany (Specialization in Plant Ecology) BHU, Varanasi
10. Mr. Gautam Ghosh M.Sc. (Geology),University of Calcutta
11. Ms. Anupama Singh MSc in Environmental Sciences (Bundelkhand University,
Jhansi)
12. Mr. Akash Kumar M.Tech Environmental Engineering
13. Ms. Sumaiya Waheed M.Sc Environment Management
(Forest Research Institute, Dehradun)
14. Mr. Atulesh M.Tech Environmental Engineering
(Institute of Engineering and Technology Lucknow)
15. Dr. S. Ghavri PhD Environmental science, Babasaheb Bhimrao Ambedkar
University
16. Dr. Ritu Pandey PhD Environmental science, University of Lucknow
1.5 Processes of Preparation of EMP
ThisEMP is a work of compilation of data gathered from both primary and secondary sources, as
discussed below.
The EMP for the project began with an adoption of an environmental and social screening
procedure during the feasibility stage. The purpose of the screening was to identify at the outset,
key environmental and social issues such as sensitive receptors, change of land use, eco systems,
impacts on community facilities, impacts on flora and fauna etc. The important findings of the
assessment gave important feedback to the design team, especially in terms of the sensitive
receptor utility /facilities to be impacted. It helped to modify the designs at locations where
impacts had to be avoided and incorporate mitigation measures wherever the impacts are
unavoidable due to other constraints.
Unique features of the this report is the consultation with the stakeholders, through 1 day long
workshop, which took place on 9th September’2013. The various stakeholder groups were:
a. Residential
b. Industrial
c. Institutional/ Commercial
d. Resident Welfare Association (RWA)
e. Eminent environmentalists, town planners
f. GNIDA
The consultations received, along with their expectations from the EMP are incorporated in the
report.
1.6 Environmental Clearance obtained and its Conditions:
Environment clearance for Greater Noida Master Plan 2021 was obtained on 12 th October 2013,
from Directorate of Environment, vide letter no. Ref No. 2036/ Praya/ SEAC/
2073/2012/AD(Sub).
2. EIA Notification & Amendments
n The Govt. of India enacted Environment (Protection) Act, in 1986 & initially EIA was
introduced as an administrative measure in 1994 under the provisions of the Act. The EIA
Notification was issued on 27th January 1994 covering about 30 projects/ activities requiring prior
environmental clearance. From time to time amendments have been made in the EIA Notification
1994.
n Extending the provisions of the Act to cover additional activities, the Notification was further
amended on 7th July 2004 to include “Large construction projects including New Townships” and
“New industrial estates”.
n The EIA Notification 1994 was superseded on 14th September 2006, wherein Environmental
Clearance was redefined and modified to formulate a transparent, decentralized and efficient
regulatory mechanism to incorporate necessary environmental safeguards at planning stage and
identify developmental projects based on impact potential instead of the investment criteria.
n As per notification S.O. 1533 E dated 14 Sept, 2006 issued by the MoEF, Govt. of India
which is as follows (for Building and Construction projects & Townships and Area Development
projects):
Table 2.1: Project Activity Schedule as per EIA Notification 2006
Project or Activity Category with Threshold Conditions if any
Limit
A B
8 Building / Construction projects / Area Development projects

and Townships
8(a) Building and ≥ 20,000 sqm. and < The built up area is defined as
Construction 1,50,000 sqm. Of “the built up or covered area on all
Projects built up area # the floors put together including
basement (s) and other service
areas, which are proposed in the
building / construction projects”.
8(b) Townships and Covering an area > 50 ++ All projects under Item 8(b)
Area Development ha. and or built up shall be appraised as Category B1.
Projects area > 1,50,000 sqm.
++
n As per Amendment dated June 19th 2013 and 22 nd August 2013,

In the EIA notification 2006, -
(a) In paragraph 7, in sub-paragraph II, for item (i), the following item shall be substituted,
namely:-
‘(i) “Scoping”refers to the process by which the Expert AppraisalCommittee in the case of
Category Á ’projects activities, and State levelExpert Appraisal Committee in the case of Category
‘B1’projects or activities,including applications for expansion or modernization or change in
productmix of existing projects or activities, determine detailed and comprehensiveTerms of
Reference (TOR) addressing all relevant environmental concerns forthe preparation of an
Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Report in respectof the project or activity for which prior
environmental clearance is sought andthe Expert Appraisal Committee or State level Expert
Appraisal Committeeconcerned shall determine the terms of reference on the basis of
theinformation furnished in the prescribed application Form 1 or Form 1Aincluding terms of
reference proposed by the applicant, a site visit by a subgroupof Expert Appraisal Committee or
State level Expert AppraisalCommittee concerned only if considered necessary by the Expert
AppraisalCommittee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned, terms ofReference
suggested by the applicant if furnished and other information thatmay be available with the Expert
Appraisal Committee or State Level ExpertAppraisal Committee concerned:
Provided that the following shall not require Scoping-
(i) All projects and activities listed as Category ‘B’ in item 8 of the Schedule (Construction or
Township or Commercial Complexes or Housing);
(ii) all Highway expansion projects covered under entry (ii) of column (3) and column (4) under sub-
item (f) of item 7 of the Schedule:
Provided further that-
A. the projects and activities referred to in clause (i) shall be apprised on the basis of Form I or Form
IA and the conceptual plan;
B. The projects referred to in clause (ii) shall prepare EIA and EMP report on the basis of model TOR
specified by Ministry of Environment and Forests;
3. Greater Noida and its Regional Setting
3.1 Connectivity
Greater Noida Industrial Development Authority (GNIDA)is situated in close proximity to Delhi at
a distance of about 25 kms from the border of Delhi (at Okhla Barrage), 15 kms from the UP Delhi
border. Greater Noida is an outcome of the intensive pressure of the National Capital of Delhi on
its periphery. Greater Noida was identified as one of the potential areas which could mitigate the
immigration of industry & people to Delhi.
3.1.1 Regional connectivity
The regional level linkages are vital for development of a new town. The linkages (road, rail and
air both for commutes and freight) should beprovided for quick uninterrupted access to the city.
The concept therefore envisages adequate regional level linkages to the area.
(i) From Delhi and Noida – access via DND flyway to the Noida-Greater Noida Expressway
which is now extended upto Agra.
(ii) Another link is proposed from NOIDA via Okhla barrage through the Master Plan road no. 3,
extending it across the river Hindon andproviding access to the area in between NH24 and the
Entry Road.
(iii) A link will also be available from the Eastern peripheralExpressway of the NCR plan-2021 at
NH 24 interchange point.
(iv) From NH 24 a 60.0 m wide link is planned to the area on north ofEntry road.
(v) Link to surrounding areas of Uttar Pradesh shall be available via NH24 byepass in the northern
side and from G.T. Road in the easternside of the area
(vi) Plans are also on the anvil to provide commuter rail links fromTughlakabad in Delhi via Noida
upto Boraki/Dadri in GreaterNodia.
(vii) For movement of goods traffic, the ICD has been located near Dadriand functional, will be
provided with rail linkage from Tughlakabad.
(viii) Link with Delhi Metro for Noida to Greater Noida by a Rapid Railtransit system as per
provision in the NCR Plan-2021
3.1.2 Internal Road Network
Ø Hierarchy of road network—

Ø 130 m. wide main arterial road (Central Spine from North-West to South-East).
Ø 105 m. wide the Meridian road.
Ø 80 m. wide Promenade (S.K. Road)
Ø 75 m. wide Noida-Greater Noida Expressway
Ø 60 m. wide sector peripheral roads
Ø 45 m. wide DSC Road (existing) and road along railway line.
Ø All internal roads of the sector are minimum 12m wide.
Ø The provision for NMVs, bus lanes, pedestrian facilities, space for services etc. has been proposed.
Ø To avoid heavy delays at rail-level crossings ROBs are planned near Roopwas, Boraki, Gori
Bachera, Sikandrabad crossing, LG factory, and sector Zeta-I.
3.2 Impacts of Surrounding on Development and Vice Versa
Considering the surrounding urban agglomeration, the role of theGreater Noida city has been
envisaged as lung space for the region. The city is being planned and developed with a marked
difference in greenery and openness to provide relief from the urban sprawl. In thecore area of the
region (the area in between Entry road and NH 24) regional level institutional uses requiring large
chunks of land for campustype of development are proposed. The availability of adequate land
atcomparatively cheaper prices will make this area conducive for locatingsuch activities by
providing adequate transportation linkages from Delhiand surrounding areas.
The concept of sustainable growth coupled with state of the artinfrastructure facilities ensuring
better quality of life than in Delhi andsurrounding areas will be the key to development of the city
of Greater Noida. This approach will help the objectives of NCR plan of dispersingactivities from
Delhi to ‘Rest of NCR’ zone and attract the residents of Delhi and surrounding cities living in
congested urban areas to move out toa more eco-friendly and pollution free environment outside
Delhi withineasy access thereby inducing out migration from Delhi. The regional levelactivities in
Greater Noida city will also help the hinterland and help inreducing the migration to the capital
city. The city will, thus, grow in a sustainable progressive manner, thereby attracting various
stakeholders.
4. Greater Noida Master Plan- 2001, 2011 & 2021
4.1 Population Projections
Population projection for the urban area in the new town like Greater Noida cannot be simply done
based on any conventional projectionmethods based on past trends of growth because in a new
township almostthe entire population, which is going to settle, is going to migrate from
surrounding areas.
4.1.1 Methods 1 (Average growth rate of neighbouring DMA towns method)
A study of surrounding NCR towns having similar industrial andadministrative characteristics

namely Noida, Faridabad and Gurgaon is done before projecting the population. By studying the
Growth patterns, itis observed that the decadal growth rate for take off phase for these townsis in
the range of 150 to 300 percent. Since Greater Noida is at acomparatively farther distance from
Delhi, a lower decadal growth rate of150 percent could be adopted for the projection of population.
As proposed in Outline Development plan, 2001, the population for GreaterNoida for the year
2001 is 3 lakh (to be achieved by 2003). Assuming this population as the base, Population for
Greater Noida for 2011=6.6 lacs forthe first phase.
After the take off phase, the growth rate is expected to slow down andstablise. Therefore, average
growth rate of Faridabad and Noida, which are similar towns around is studied for the year 1981-
91 and 2001-11respectively, which suggests a decadal growth rate of about 93 percent inthe
second phase. On this basis, the population for the year 2021 works outto be 12.70 lacs.
Considering the worst case scenario, the projected population of Greater Noida upto year 2021
shall be taken as 12.7 Lacs.
Table 4.1: Growth Trends
Year Growth Percent (in %) Population (In Lacs)

2001 Base case 3
2001-2011 120 6.6
2011-2021 93 12.7
As per GNIDA & NCR Growth Projections
Fig 4.1: Population Growth Trends
4.2 Land Use Breakup
Greater Noida Industrial Development Authority is now at a stage to attainthe completion

of its first phase of development as proposed for the year 2001 and approved by the
NCRPB. The development under the various land uses proposed upto 2001 is 90%
complete and by the end of 2011 the development has been completed for the remaining
landuses except for theRecreational Use Zone area which includes regional level
recreational activities and therefore the development of this area will extend to thesecond
phase.
a. Landuse Breakup of 2001
The integrated development area of Surajpur and Kasna sub regional centres has been
divided broadly into 6 uses namely Residential, Commercial, Institutional, Industrial,
Recreational and Transportation related uses. The landuse as per Outline Development Plan
2001 is as follows (combined for Surajpur and Kasna Sub Regional Centre) –
Table-4.2: Proposed Breakup of Land Use 2001
Sl.No. Landuse Area (ha.) Percentage

1. Residential 1310.00 25.81
2. Commercial 99.74 1.96
3. Institutional 570.63 11.24
4. Industrial 1595.96 31.46
5. Recreational 1361.90 26.83
6. Transportation 137.32 2.70
Total 5075.55 100
b. SCENARIO (Upto March 2006 with reference to draft Master Plan-2021)

Greater Noida Industrial Development Authority has developed phase-I and a part of
second phase of development as proposed for the year 2011.
Landuse Breakup (Existing)
The Master Plan development area of Greater Noida has been divided broadly into 7 uses
namely Residential, Commercial, Institutional, Industrial, Green areas, SEZ and
Transportation related uses.
Table-4.3: Proposed Breakup of Land Use (Existing)

1. Residential 3000.00 22.10
4. Industrial 2600.00 19.16
5. Green Area 3000.00 22.10
6. SEZ 1000.00 7.37
7. Transportation & 1280.00 9.43
related use
Total 13570.00 100
c. Landuse Breakup (Proposed) 2021
Table-4.4: Proposed Breakup of Land Use (2021)
S.No. Particulars Area (Ha) Percentage

1 Residential 5000.00 22.46
2 Industrial 4201.23 18.88
3 Commercial 1200.00 5.39
4 Institutional 3473.99 15.61
5 Green Areas 3579.80 16.09
6 Institutional Green 1420.20 6.38
7 Transportation 3339.78 15.01
8 SEZ 40.00 0.18
Total 22,255.0 100
4.3 Infrastructure Development and its yearly Growth Pattern
The infrastructural development includes development of various structures along with basic
amenities like roads, power, water, sewerage amenities.
a. Scenario 2001
i)Social Infrastructure
Social Infrastructure was planned in a hierarchal manner both at sector level and at city level.
(1) Education – Nursery and higher secondary schools were planned within the sector. Higher
education facilities/like technical vocational colleges, universities were planned at the city level.
(2) Health – Dispensaries and Nursing Homes were provided at sector level. At the city level
general hospitals and specialized hospitals had been planned.
(3) Security – Provision had been made for police posts for a group of sector and police stations at
the city level. One police station in Surajpur and one in Sector Beta were functional.
(4) Fire Services – Adequate provision had been made in the plan for Fire Station at City level and
sub fire station at sector level especially in Industrial Sectors. The fire station at Noida Phase II
was catering to the requirement of Greater Noida also.
(5) Communications – Post offices were been planned for group of sectors and a head post office
at city level. Efforts were being made to establish a post officein the urban area.
(6) Other Community Facilities – Amongst other community facilities are provisions of Milk
Booths and Vegetable, Community Centres,Library, Religious Buildings which were provided as
per population norms at sector and city level and are being developed asper the demand build up.
ii)Physical Infrastructure
The Master Plans for water supply, drainage and sewerage were prepared by the U.P. Jal Nigam
for providing the trunk and sector level services.
(i-1) Water Supply
Initially, the source of water supply was ground water. The area was divided into water supply
zones, and a system of tubewells, overhead tanks and trunk and other supply lines were developed
as per the Master Plan. Industrial area did not have water supply system except for Toy City and
Mahila Parks where small industrial plots were provided.
(i-2) Sewerage
The trunk sewer required for the development upto 2001was completed. The sewer lines were laid
at the time of development of various sectors. The sewerage treatment plant was proposed at the
southern end near Kasna.
(i-3) Drainage.
The general slope of the area is from eastern side towards river Hindon in the west. The drainage
system has been designed accordingly.
Underground drains have been planned in most of the areas. The Drains were constructed
alongwith the development of sectors.
(i-4) Power
Privatised power supply was provided by Noida Power Company Ltd. Bybulk purchase from U.P.
State Electricity Board and the distribution iscarried out by NPCL. The electrical network consists
of 220 KV substation, 132 KV substation, 33 KV substation, 11 KV substation and HTLT
distribution lines. The electrical cables from 33 KV substation are laid underground.
(i-5) Convergence Network
The plan for the convergence network and the laying of the optical fibre was carried out by RPG
Netcom Ltd. This network was laid underground.
(i-6) Telecommunications –
Three telephone exchanges were already functional in the areas which were equipped with state-
of-the-art equipment and facilities. Underground telephone lines were laid as per the demand in the
various sectors. Effortswere made by the Authority to lay the telephone lines along with the laying
of other services at the time of development of the sectors.
(i-7) Solid Waste Management
A state of the art system for collection of solid waste from all residential, commercial, institutional
and industrial units was put into place through private participation. Efforts were on for scientific
disposal of the waste through private developers. The objective was to provide a neat and clean
healthy environment to the inhabitants of the city.
(i-8) Expenditure and Investment —
The Authority was set up in January 1991 and the work started with acquisition of land. The bulk
of land was transferred from U.P. State Industrial Development Corporation which was already
operational in the area. Thereafter the land acquisition and disposal progressed in a phased
manner.
b. Existing Scenario (upto 2006 and onwards)
(i)Social Infrastructure
Social Infrastructure has been planned in an hierarchical manner both at sector level and at city
level.
(1) Education – Nursery and higher secondary schools (about 80 nos) are planned within the
developed sectors. Higher education facilities like technical vocational colleges, universities have
also been allotted land in the city. Various schools, technical & vocational institutes are already
functional.
(2) Health – Dispensaries and Nursing Homes have been provided at sector level. At the city level
general hospitals and specialized hospitals have been provided. Two 250 bedded hospital have
started functioning in the area. Nursing home sites (about 26 nos) are planned in developed sectors
and few of them are functional.
(3) Security – Provision has been made for police posts for a group of sector and police stations at
the city level. One police station in Surajpur and one in Sector Beta are already functional. The
district Police Line in 82 acres of land is functional.
(4) Fire Services – Adequate provision has been made in the plan for Fire Station at City level and
sub fire station at sector level speciallyin Industrial Sectors. At present, one fire station at Ecotech-
II is functional.
(5) Communications – Post offices have been planned for group of sectors and a head post office at
city level. At present one post office is functional. Efforts are being made to establish the head post
office and other post offices at sector level.
(6) Other Community Facilities – Amongst other community facilities are provisions of Milk
Booths and Vegetable booths, Community Centres, Library, Religious Buildings which have been
provided as per population norms at sector and city level and are being developed in phases.
(i) Physical Infrastructure
(a) Transportation Master Plan has been prepared by M/sRITES Ltd.
(b) The Master Plans for water supply, drainage (includingrain water harvesting) and sewerage
have been preparedby M/s DHV Consultant.
Master Plans for transport, power, social infrastructurelike security, fire stations,
telecommunications, postal master plan have been prepared by the Authority.
(i-1) Water Supply
At present, the source of water supply is ground water. The area is divided into water supply
zones, and a system of tubewells, overhead tanks and trunk and other supply lines have been
developed as per the Master Plan.
Industrial area, is now being provided water supply system as per new Industrial policy. 85 cusec
Ganga water supply shall be available from Upper Ganga Canal to supplement the ground water
source for meeting the future needs for which work has been awarded to M/s U.P. Jal Nigam and
proposed to be completed in a period of 3 years.
At present approximately 500 km length of water supply lines, 15 Nos. over head tanks and 25 Nos
Tube wells have been constructed in thedeveloped area.
(i-2) Sewerage
The trunk as well as internal sewers required for the present developed areahas been completed.
The sewer lines are laid at the time of development ofvarious sectors. The sewerage treatment
plant is proposed at the southernend near Kasna for which work has been awarded to M/s U.P. Jal
Nigam.
At present approximately 460 km length of sewerage network has been completed and is
functional. Treatment of present sewage is being done by oxidation pond near Hawalia drain.
(i-3) Drainage.
The general slope of the area is from eastern side towards river Hindon inthe west. The drainage
system has been designed accordingly.Underground drains have been planned in most of the areas.
The Drains are being constructed alongwith the development of sectors.
At present approximately 500 km length of drains has been constructed andare functional.
(i-4) Power
Privatised power supply is provided by Noida Power Company Ltd. By bulk purchase from U.P.
Power Corporation Ltd and the distribution iscarried out by NPCL. The electrical network consists
of 220 KV substation, 132 KV substation, 33 KV substation, 11 KV substation and HTLT
distribution lines. The electrical cables from 33 KV substations are laid underground.
At present approximately 5000 Nos 11/0.4 kv electric sub stations have been constructed in the
developed sectors and villages.
(i-5) Convergence Network
The plan for the convergence network has been prepared and the optical fibre network has been
provided and developed sectors by RPG Netcom Ltd. which has been authorized by the State
Government for the same.
5. Baseline studies
The baseline monitoring for various parameters was carried out over a period Jan-March 2013.
5.1 Baseline data on Ambient Air Quality

Ambient air quality is the most important parameter that is required to quantify the impact on the
natural and biophysical environment.
The ambient air quality status of the study area is mainly dependent on the topographical features,
background levels, concentration of specific air pollutants and local meteorological conditions. In
addition it varies with respect to proximity and magnitude of traffic density, commercial and
residential activities and industrial zones, which are likely sources of atmospheric emissions.
5.1.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)
The permissible air quality standards for particulate and gaseous pollutants as laid down by the
CPCB are presented in Table 4 below:
Table 5.1: Revised National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)
Pollutant Time Weighted Concentration in Ambient air (mg/m3)

Average Industrial Ecologically Methods of measurement
Residential sensitive area
Rural and (notified by
Other area central
Government)
Sulphur Dioxide Annual Average* 50 20 -Improved West and Gaeke
(SO2) -UV fluorescence
24 hr** 80 80
Nitrogen Dioxide Annual Average * 40 30 -Modified Jacob & Hochheiser

(NO2) (Na-Arsenite)
24 hr** 80 80 -Chemiluminescence
Particulate Matter Annual Average * 60 60 -Gravimetric
(size less than 10 -TOEM
µm) or PM10 µg/m3 24 hr** 100 100 -Beta attenuation
Particulate Matter Annual Average * 40 40 -Gravimetric
(size less than 2.5 -TOEM
µm) or PM2.5µg/m3 24 hr** 60 60 -Beta attenuation
3
Ozone (O3) µg/m 8 hr** 100 100 -UV photometric
-Chemiluminescence
1 hr** 180 180 -Chemical Method
Lead µg/m3 Annual Average * 0.50 0.50 -AAS/ICP method after
sampling on EPM 2000 or
Pollutant Time Weighted Concentration in Ambient air (mg/m3)
Average Industrial Ecologically Methods of measurement
Residential sensitive area
Rural and (notified by
Other area central
Government)
24 hr** 1.0 1.0 equivalent filter paper
ED-XRF using Teflon filter
Carbon monoxide 8 hr** 02 02 -Non Dispersive Infra red
mg/m3 1 hr** 04 04 (NDIR) spectroscopy
Ammonia (NH3) Annual Average * 100 100 -Chemiluminescence

µg/m3 24 hr** 400 400 -Indophenol Blue method
Benzene (C6H6) Annual Average * 05 05 -Gas Chromatography based
µg/m3 continous analyzer
-Adsorption and desorption
followed by GC analysis.
Benzo(a)Pyrene Annual Average * 01 01 -Solvent extraction followed
(BaP)-particulate by HPLC/GC analysis
phase only, ng/m3
Arsenic (As) ng/m3 Annual Average * 06 06 -AAS/ICP method after
equivalent filter paper
Nickel (Ni) ng/m3 Annual Average * 20 20 -AAS/ICP method after
equivalent filter paper
th
[NAAQS Notification dated18 November, 2009]
* Annual Arithmeticmean ofminimum 104measurementsin a year ata particular site taken twice a week 24hourly at
uniforminterval.
** 24 hourly 08 hourly or 01hourly monitored values, as applicable shallbe complied with 98% of the time in a year. 2%
of thetime, theymayexceed the limitsbut not on two consecutive days of monitoring.
NOTE:Wheneverandwherevermonitoringresultsontwoconsecutivedaysofmonitoringexceedthelimitsspecified above for
the respective category, it shall be considered adequate reason to institute regular or continuous monitoring and further
investigation.
TABLE 5.2: AVERAGE ANNUAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY DATA OF NOIDA
Place Category Air Quality Parameter- Range

PM10 SO2 NO2
(µg/m³) (µg/m³) (µg/m³)
J.P Electroplating Ltd., Industrial 145.1 9.5 31.3
Noida*
Regional Office, Noida* Residential 134.6 7.8 27.6
Source: UPPCB, on 2 nd April 2014

*Noida is the closest Monitoring station near Greater Noida, representing similar conditions.
5.1.2 Ambient Air Quality in the study Area
Respirable Dust Samplers (RDS) in conjunction with Mylar bags/bladders were used to collect
samples of ambient air at various locations, based on topography and wind pattern and feasibility
of installation of monitoring locations. For gaseous samples, 8 hourly samples were collected,
while 24hourly sampling was conducted for PM10 and PM2.5.
Composite samples were prepared using three 8-hr samples collected at each location. Monitoring
was done with a frequency of twice a week at each location. The monitoring duration was one
month. The samples were analyzed for pollutants of interest (CO, NO2, SO2, PM10 and PM2.5)
using the appropriate method prescribed by Bureau of Indian Standards and Central Pollution
Control Board. Air quality sampling locations and results obtained at each location are given in the
table below.
1. Sampling Location: Sector 79 and nearby areas,

Noida
Ambient Air Quality
Sampling Locations
Project Site
AQ 1 AQ-5
Sector 79
Village -
AQ 2
Aminabad
AQ-1 AQ-2
AQ 3 Village -Sutiyana
AQ-4
AQ 4 Sector-81 AQ-3
Sector-52,
AQ 5 Village-
Hosiyarpur
Fig 5.1: Ambient Air Monitoring Stations
Table 5.3: Air Quality Data-1

Location PM2.5 PM10 SO2 NO2 CO
µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 mg/m3
AQ-1 Min 31.6 70.8 12.4 21.4 <1.15
Max 53.6 74.6 15.7 26.7 <1.15
Average 37.7 72.7 14.0 24.2 <1.15
98 Percentile 36.4 73.4 14.6 25.5 <1.15
AQ-2 Min 41.3 83.4 15.4 24.5 <1.15
Max 47.5 87.3 19.6 29.7 <1.15
Average 44.2 85.3 17.2 27.2 <1.15
98 Percentile
46.7 86.5 18.6 29.4 <1.15
AQ-3 Min 43.4 71.6 11.7 20.6 <1.15
Max 46.6 77.5 15.5 23.6 <1.15

Average 45.1 74.9 13.4 22.5 <1.15
98 Percentile 46.3 76.4 14.7 23.4 <1.15
Min 36.5 74.5 13.6 27.5 <1.15

AQ-4
Max 40.1 79.1 18.5 32.6 <1.15
Average 38.6 76.6 16.0 30.0 <1.15
98 Percentile 39.3 78.6 17.6 31.3 <1.15
AQ-5 Min 43.3 82.4 16.6 25.4 <1.15
Max 49.2 88.4 21.4 30.9 <1.15
Average 46.5 85.1 18.8 28.7 <1.15
98 Percentile 48.3 86.5 20.7 30.6 <1.15
Note:mg/m3 = micro gm/meter cube, mg/m3 = milli gm/meter cube
2. Sampling Location: Sector 52 and nearby areas, Noida

S. Sampling Location Temp Weather
No. Condition
1 AQ 1 Project Site 30°C Clear
2 AQ 2 Sector-79, Noida (4km -South ) 31°C Clear
Sector-122,near pusta road, Noida
3 AQ 3 (3.5 km NNE) 30.5°C Clear
Sector-63, Noida (5.5 km -North)
4 AQ 4 32°C Clear
New Ashok Nagar, Sec-1, Noida (6
5 AQ 5 km -West) 29°C Clear
AQ 4 AQ 3
AQ 5
AQ1
River Hindon
NO RT H
40%
32%
16%
24%
AQ 2
8%
WEST EAST
WIND SPEED
(m/s)
>= 1 1.1
8 .8 - 11 .1
5 .7 - 8.8
SOUTH
3 .6 - 5.7
2 .1 - 3.6
0 .5 - 2.1
Cal ms: 0.00%
Fig: 5.2: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations (wind blowing towards NW)
ble 5.4: Air Quality Data-2
S.No. Parameters Units Test Limits AQ1 AQ2 AQ3 AQ4 AQ5
Method (24hrs.)
1 Particulate Matter µg/m3 IS 5182 P 60 64.65* 55.06 57.14 54.64 70.90*
(PM2.5)
2 Particulate Matter µg/m3 IS 5182 P- 100 111.99* 85.30 87.05 93.36 112.0*
(PM10) 23
3 Sulphur Dioxide µg/m3 IS 5182 P-2 80 20.26 19.13 20.82 20.82 22.23
(SO2)
4 Nitrogen Dioxide µg/m3 IS 5182 P-6 80 34.79 31.28 33.03 34.44 36.72
(NO2)
5 Carbon Monoxide mg/m3 IS 5182 P- 04( for 0.36 0.42 0.46 0.34 0.48
(CO) 10 1hr)
6 Ozone (O3 ) mg/m3 IS 5182 P- 100( for 7.85 5.89 6.54 11.78 11.78
9/ 8hr)
Photometric
7 Ammonia (NH3) mg/m3 Indo- 400 12.86 10.18 11.26 13.94 11.26
Phenol blue
Method
8. Lead (Pb) mg/m3 IS 5182 P- 01 0.23 0.29 0.25 0.29 0.33
22
* The values are higher than allowable limits due to construction in the nearby areas.
3. Sampling Location: Tech Zone IV and nearby areas, Greater Noida
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS
S. No. Sampling Location Distance & Status

Direction
1 AQ 1 Project Site 0 km
2 AQ 2 Village - Roza Jalapur 3 km & E Downwind
3 AQ 3 Village -Khairpur Gujjar 5.2 km & SE Downwind
4 AQ 4 Village - Chipiyana Buzurg 2.2 km & NE Downwind

Village - Dhundera (Nai
5 AQ 5 5 km & NW Upwind
Basti)
6 AQ 6 Crossing Republik, Ghaziabad 3.2 km & N Crosswind
FIGURE 5.3: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS
Table 5.5: Air Quality Data-3
PM2.5 PM10 SO2 µg/m3 NO2 CO
Location µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 mg/m3
<1.15
Min 34.5 74.8 11.9 23.5
Max <1.15
AQ-1 44.3 80.0 13.5 28.2
Average <1.15
39.1 77.4 13.0 25.7
98 Percentile <1.15
42.6 79.2 13.3 26.9
Min <1.15
34.8 75.4 12.1 23.2
Max <1.15
41.0 82.6 15.2 29.4
AQ-2
Average <1.15
38.2 79.6 13.7 25.2
98 Percentile <1.15
40.0 82.3 14.6 25.6
Min <1.15
37.8 76.3 10.4 21.2
Max <1.15
44.4 80.2 13.3 26.3
AQ-3
Average <1.15
41.0 77.8 11.9 23.3
98 Percentile <1.15
42.8 78.1 12.8 25.4
Min <1.15
37.6 78.9 10.5 20.4
Max <1.15
44.2 86.4 12.6 24.6
AQ-4
Average <1.15
41.5 82.1 11.9 22.5
98 Percentile <1.15
42.8 83.7 12.5 23.2
Min <1.15
44.8 82.4 16.3 26.7
Max <1.15
50.0 89.4 19.5 30.2
AQ-5
Average <1.15
47.3 85.8 17.5 28.8
98 Percentile <1.15
48.7 88.6 18.4 29.5
Min <1.15
46.5 75.9 11.5 25.8
Max <1.15
52.4 82.3 13.2 30.2
AQ-6 Average <1.15
50.3 78.4 12.5 27.2
98 Percentile <1.15
52.2 79.2 13.1 27.5
Note:mg/m3 = micro gm/meter cube, mg/m3 = milli gm/meter cube
5.2 Noise Quality

Noise attributed to roads depends on factors such as traffic intensity, the type and condition of the
vehicles plying on the road, acceleration/deceleration/gear changes by the vehicles depending on
the level of congestion and smoothness of road surface (IRC: 104-1988). High noise levels are a
concern for sensitive receptors, i.e., hospitals, educational institutions, etc.
The Central Pollution Control Board has specified ambient noise levels for different land uses for
day and night times. Importance was given to the timing of exposure and areas designated as
sensitive. Table 5.6 below give the noise standards specified by the Central Pollution Control
Board.
Table 5.6: National Ambient Noise Level Standards
Limits in Decibels (dB A)

Area Code Category
Day Time Night Time
A Industrial 75 70
B Commercial 65 55
C Residential 55 45
D Silence Zones 50 40
Source: Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi
The location of ambient noise monitoring stations is shown belowgives the values arrived for day
and night from the measured noise levels at an interval of five minutes at various locations. The
detailed methodology for baseline data collection and sampling procedure is given in Appendix-1.
Ambient Noise Quality
Sampling
Locations
NQ 1 Project Site NQ-5
Village -
NQ 2
Aminabad
NQ-1 NQ-2
Village -
NQ 3
Sutiyana
NQ-4
NQ 4 Sector-81 NQ-3
Sector-52,
NQ 5 Village-
Hosiyarpur
Fig 5.4: Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations
Table 5.7: Noise Quality Data-1
Location NQ-1 NQ-2 NQ-3 NQ-4 NQ-5
Jan’13 L day 60.8 64.2 61.8 58.6 63.6

L night 52.4 53.1 51.5 47.2 53.4
Jan’13 L day 61.6 63.8 61.4 59.4 60.8
L night 52.9 54.1 50.6 47.1 49.2
Feb’13 L day 58.2 62.6 62.5 59.7 62.8
L night 49.5 52.3 53.1 48.9 52.0
Feb’13 L day 58.7 60.5 60.1 58.2 58.3
L night 49.3 52.1 49.4 49.5 47.5
Mar’13 L day 60.3 61.9 60.7 57.0 61.5
L night 51.8 53.7 52.4 49.7 51.6
Mar’13 L day 59.8 59.2 62.4 60.5 62.4
L night 50.3 48.7 51.7 48.2 50.7
The daytime noise level ranged from 57.0 to 64.2 dB (A). Likewise, night-time noise level ranged
from 47.1 to 54.1 dB (A) at various sampling stations. The day time equivalent noise level was
higher than the permissible limit of 55 dB (A) specified for Residential area, on all sampling
stations. The night time equivalent noise levels too at these stations was higher than the
permissible limit of 45 dB (A) specified for Residential area. Noise is an area of concern and the
high noise levels may be attributed to vehicular movement and congestion on the roads as well as
on-going construction work around the area.
Sampling Locations Type of area

NQ1 Project Site Residential
NQ2 Sector-79, Noida (4km -South )
Sector-122,near pusta road,
NQ3 Noida (3.5 km NNE) Commercial
Sector-63, Noida (5.5 km -
NQ4 North)
NQ5 New Ashok Nagar, Sec-1, Noida
(6 km -West)
NQ 4 NQ 3
River Hindon
NQ 5
NQ 1
NQ 2
Fig 5.5: Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations

NQ1 NQ2 NQ3 NQ4 NQ5
L min 45.2 45.1 45.1 45.0 45.2
L10 64.1 68.2 63.7 68.2 72.2
L50 54.5 53.7 55.1 54.7 61.1
L90 45.7 45.6 45.6 45.7 46.0
Leq 59.2 63.5 59.4 62.6 67.3
L max 65.3 68.6 65.9 69.3 74.6
Leq- Day 60.6 65.2 60.8 64.2 69.0
Leq- Night 46.4 46.5 46.3 46.4 50.2

Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations
S. No. Sampling Location Distance & Status
Direction
1 NQ 1 Project Site 0 km
2 NQ 2 Village - Roza Jalapur 3 km & E Downwind
3 NQ 3 Village -Khairpur Gujjar 5.2 km & SE Downwind
4 NQ 4 Village - Chipiyana Buzurg 2.2 km & NE Downwind
5 NQ 5 Village - Dhundera (Nai Basti) 5 km & NW Upwind
6 NQ 6 Crossing Republik, Ghaziabad 3.2 km & N Crosswind
FIGURE 5.6: AMBIENT NOISE MONITORING STATIONS

NQ1 NQ2 NQ3 NQ4 NQ5 NQ6
(L-1) (L-2) (L-3) (L-4) (L-5) (L-6)
Leq- Day 61.5 62.7 59.2 61 62.1 63.8
Leq- Night 44.6 49.5 45.8 48.3 44.9 51.4
5.3 Ground Water Quality
5.3.1.1 Occurrence of Ground Water
Ground water occurs under both unconfined conditions in shallow aquifers down to the depth of
100 mbgl, and confined to semi-confined conditionsin intermediate and deeper aquifers. The
aquifers are made up offine to coarse sand and occasional gravel within the alluvial deposit often
separated by thick clay beds. Multiple aquifer groups occur upto 350 m/depth.
5.3.1.2 Depth to water level
Depth to water level maps, for pre-monsoon and post monsoon periods prepared by CGWB for
Gautam Buddha Nagar District have revealed that the entire area can be divided into different
zones on the basis of depth to water ranges. Fairly a large area has shallow to moderate depth to
water. Water level in unconfined aquifer ranges from 3.35 to 14.40 m bgl during pre-monsoon
period and from 2.00m to 13.95 mbgl during post monsoon period. Deeper water levels (> 9 mbgl)
also occur along Yamuna River perhaps indicating that the water levels are deepening towards
river.
5.3.2 Seasonal Water level fluctuation
Seasonal water level fluctuation as recorded by CGWB reveals that majority of wells show water
levels elevated during post monsoon period. (Pre-monsoon Depth to water level during
May'2007): 3.35 to 14.40 mbgl (Post-monsoon Depth to water level during Nov'2007): 2.00 to
13.35 mbgl. The rise in water levels range between 0.12 to 3.69m. In some wells however, decline
in water levels have been reported during post monsoon period in the range of 2.76 to .09m. It
transpires that such areas have moderate to low recharge over the ground water draft during the
period.
5.3.3 Long Term Water Level Trend
Long term Water level trend analysis of pre-monsoon and post monsoon data of seven (7) CGWB,
NHS ( Period from 1977 to 2006) reveal that Pre-monsoon : Fall (Range 0.12-0.35m) in three
blocks (CGWB wells) Post-monsoon : Fall (Range 0.07-0.51m) in three blocks (CGWB wells).
Thus out of seven wells considered, within the District three wells situated in Jewar, Dankaur and
Dadri locality show declining trends during pre to post monsoon period which is attributed to the
fact that most of these area are semi-urban centers which are heavily dependent on ground water
for meeting domestic as well as irrigation needs.
Hydro geological Characteristics of Aquifer
The State Government has constructed various tube wells down to a depth of 80m to as much as
350 mbgl in the top shallow aquifer. The aquifer parameters have been determined at various
places. The discharge of these structures generally ranges between 8 to 16 lps with moderate
drawdown of 3 to 6m, however, a few wells have exceptionally high yield of 500 lps. The
coefficient of transmissivity determined at Tugalpur Haldona is 1759 m2 /day and storage
coefficient is 4.84×10-4 .Shallow (50m deep) piezometers constructed by CGWB show 82 to 100
lpm discharge.
5.3.4 Ground Water Related Issues and Problems

5.3.4.1 Water Logging
A considerable part of the area is subjected to water logging. This is attributed to the fact that
depth to ground water level rests within 4 mbgl during pre and post monsoon period. Such areas
generally fall in the vicinity of major canals and distributaries, suggesting excessive seepage from
these canals.
5.3.4.2 Depleting Ground Water Level
Out of seven wells considered, three wells situated in Jewar, Dankaur and Dadri show declining
trends during pre & post monsoon period which is attributed to over exploitation of ground water
for catering to domestic as well as irrigation needs. Seasonal and long term water level records
indicate a very moderate and gradual declining of water levels.
Ground water conditions in the area are good and ground water is available at shallow depths.
Excessive withdrawal of ground water for different uses, induced seepage from canals, low
permeability of soils and lack of well-defined drainage has resulted in shallowing of water table.
The unconfined aquifers in the study area occur near the surface. The ground water resources are
also exploited for domestic and irrigation purposes through a number of open dug wells, hand
pumps and tube-wells seen in the study area.
The data has been collected from various secondary sources in the study area. The hydro
geological studies revealed that the district comprises of aquifers with primary inter granular
porosity and fractures with a yield of less than 40 litres /second. The proposed project site falls in
aquifers with primary inter granular porosity. The proposed site lies in an area with a water table
contour of 70 m above msl. The depth of dug wells/hand pump is 20-40 m in the district.
5.3.5 Source of Water Supply (Greater Noida Authority)

Presently Ground water is the main source of water supply in Greater Noida. The residents of
Greater Noida are supplied groundwater pumped and cleaned by the Authority. Due to the
hardness of its quality, the water is quite difficult to use. The area is divided into water supply
zones, and a system of tubewells, overhead tanks and trunk and other supply lines have been
developed as per the Master Plan.
Surface Water Supply i.e. the Ganga Water Project, which has been devised in line with a similar
project in Noida to reduce hardness of water, is expected to supply groundwater blended with
water from the Ganges to over 3 lakh residents of Greater Noida in the first phase. In the
subsequent phase, it would supply water to over 12 lakh residents, which is the projected
population of the city as per Master Plan 2021. The main reservoir, having a capacity of 180
million liters per day, is to be set up near Jaitpur village - a village in South Delhi Tehsil in South
Delhi District in Delhi State.
Table 5.10:– Water Quality Criteria and Standards for Freshwater Classification (CPCB, 1979)
Designated-Best-Use Class of Criteria

water
Drinking Water Source A Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 50 or less
without conventional pH between 6.5 and 8.5
treatment but after Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more
disinfection Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 2mg/l or less
Outdoor bathing B Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 500 or less
(Organized) pH between 6.5 and 8.5
Dissolved Oxygen 5mg/l or more
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 3mg/l or less
Drinking water source C Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 5000 or
after conventional less
treatment and pH between 6 to 9 Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more
disinfection Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 3mg/l or less
Propagation of Wild life D pH between 6.5 to 8.5 Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more
and Fisheries Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less
Irrigation, Industrial E pH between 6.0 to 8.5
Cooling, Controlled Electrical Conductivity at 25°C micro mhos/cm Max.2250
Waste disposal Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26
Boron Max. 2mg/l
Below-E Not Meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria
Note: ‘–‘Indicates not applicable/relevant
5.3.6 Ground Water Quality

Ground water conditions in the area are good and ground water is available at shallow depths.
Excessive withdrawal of ground water for different uses, induced seepage from canals, low
permeability of soils and lack of well-defined drainage has resulted in shallowing of water table.
The unconfined aquifers in the study area occur near the surface. The ground water resources are
also exploited for domestic and irrigation purposes through a number of open dug wells, hand
pumps and tube-wells seen in the study area.
The data has been collected from various secondary sources in the study area. The hydro
geological studies revealed that the district comprises of aquifers with primary inter granular
porosity and fractures with a yield of less than 40 litres /second. The proposed project site falls in
aquifers with primary inter granular porosity. The proposed site lies in an area with a water table
contour of 70 m above msl. The depth of dug wells/hand pump is 20-40 m in the district.
As per CGWB, general ground water quality in the district is good and all the constituentsare well
within the permissible limits as prescribed by ICMR (1975). The general range of various
important chemical constituents in the ground water samples are asfollows:
Table 5.11: Ground Water Quality of Distric Gautam Buddha Nagar 2009
Chemical Constituents Range
pH 7.95 -8.15
Specific Conductance (EC) (s/cm at 25°C) 419 - 2270
Bicarbonate (mg/l) 152 - 750
Chloride (mg/l) 14 - 347
Nitrate (mg/l) 3.3 – 141
Sulphate (mg/l) 9.6 – 125
Fluoride {mg/l) 0.27 - 1.7
Calcium (mg/l) 8 - 136
Magnesium (mg/l) 4.8 - 50
Total Hardness as CaCO3 (mg/l) 150 - 450
Sodium (mg/l) 35 - 506
Potassium (mg/l) 4.8 - 18
Arsenic (mg/l) 0.07 –0.001
5.3.6.1 Quality of Shallow Ground Water

Ground water in shallow aquifers in general is good and safe for drinking and irrigation purposes.
The ground water is generally alkaline type (pH 7.95 - 8.15) salinity limits within the permissible
limits except in few samples collected from Jahangirpur, Luharli, Bilaspur, Dadri, Dankaur and
Jewar where it is more than 1000μs/cm at 25°C.
GROUND WATER MONITORING STATIONS

Sampling Locations
GW1 Project Site
GW2 Hand Pump (Village - Aminabad)
GW3 Bore well (Village -Sultiyana)
SW
GW-2
GW-1
GW-3
Figure 5.7: Ground Water Monitoring Stations
Table 5.12 : Ground Water Test Reports- 1
S. No Parameter Unit Desirable Permissible GW1 GW2 GW3
1 Colour Hazen 5 25 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0
unit
2 Odour -- ---- UO UO UO UO
3 Taste -- ---- Agr Agr Agr Agr
4 Turbidity NTU 5 10 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0
5 pH -- 6.5 8.5 7.1 7.2 7.14
6 Total Hardness (as mg/l 300 600 390.0 425.0 410
CaCo3)
7 Total Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 1.0 0.14 0.12 0.13
8 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 250 1000 71.0 65.9 61.6

9 Residual Free mg/l 0.2 -- < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2
Chlorine
10 Total Dissolved mg/l 500 2000 820.0 805.0 796.0
Solid
11 Calcium mg/l 75 200 86.2 78.1 80.2
(as Ca)
12 Magnesium mg/l 30 100 39.2 37.7 35.5
(as Mg)
13 Copper mg/l 0.05 1.5 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
(as Cu)
14 Manganese mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
(as Mn)
15 Sulphate (as So4) mg/l 200 400 49.4 41.6 43.2
16 Nitrate(as No3) mg/l 45 100. 4.2 3.3 4.4
17 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1.0 1.5 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0
18 Ph. Compound mg/l 0.001 0.002 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001
(as C6H5OH)
19 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 No Relax. <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
20 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.010 No Relax. < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
21 Selenium(as Se) mg/l 0.010 No Relax. < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
22 Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.010 No Relax. < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
23 Cyanide(as CN) mg/l 0.05 No Relax. < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
24 Lead(as Pb) mg/l 0.05 No Relax. < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
25 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5.0 15 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5
26 An. Detergent ( as mg/l 0.20 1.0 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
MBAS)
27 Chromium(as Cr) mg/l 0.05 No Relax. < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
28 Alkalinity (as mg/l 0.01 0.03 400 390.0 410.0
CaCo3)
29 Aluminum (as Al) mg/l 200 600 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03
30 Boron(as B) mg/l 0.03 0.2 < 0.25 < 0.25 < 0.25
31 Total Coliform mg/l 1.0 5.0 <2 <2 <2
32 E Coli MPN/ 10 100 Absent Absent Absent
100ml
1. The collected water sample is for drinking when tested in accordance with IS: 10500 (Essential Tests only)
2. The collected water is not having Total Coliform (MPN) & F Coliform
3. UO: Un objectionable, Agr: Agreeable

Ground Water Monitoring Stations
Sampling Locations
GW1 Bore well (Project Site)
GW2 Hand Pump (Sector-79,Noida)
GW3 Bore well (Sector-122,Noida)
GW4 Hand Pump (Sector-63,Noida)
GW5 Bore well-New Ashok Nagar,Sec-
1,Noida
GW 4 GW 3
River Hindon
GW 5
GW 1
GW 2
Table 5.13: Ground Water Test Reports- 2
S.N. Parameter Test Method Unit Desirab Permis GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5
le sible
1 Colour IS 3025 P-4- Hazen 5 25 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0
1983 unit
2 Odour IS 3025 P-5- -- ---- Unobje Unobjec Unobjec Unobje Unobje Unobje
1983 ctionab tionable tionable ctionab ctionab ctionab
le le le le
3 Taste IS 3025 P-7- -- ----- Agreea Agreeab Agreeab Agreea Agreea Agreea
1984 ble le le ble ble ble
4 Turbidity IS 3025 P- 10- NTU 5 10 < 1.0 < 1.0 1.5 < 1.0 < 1.0
1984
5 pH IS 3025 P- 11- -- 6.5 8.5 7.8 7.9 7.8 7.9 7.6
1984
6 Total IS 3025 P-21- mg/l 300 600 489.12 1120.9 468.74 805.01 326.8
Hardness (as 1983
CaCo3)
7 Total Iron (as IS 3025 P- 53- mg/l 0.3 1.0 0.17 0.26 0.20 0.23 0.15
Fe) 2003
8 Chloride (as IS 3025 P-32- mg/l 250 1000 354.38 1388.02 462.6 1082.8 177.19
Cl) 1988 5
9 Residual Free IS 3025 P- 26- mg/l 0.2 -- Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil
Chlorine 1986
10 Total IS 3025 P-16- mg/l 500 2000 1429.6 3686.4 1628.4 2468.4 893.4
Dissolved 1984
Solid
11 Calcium (as IS 3025 P-40- mg/l 75 200 52.98 134.50 57.06 93.74 36.68
Ca) 1991
12 Magnesium(a IS 3025 P- 46- mg/l 30 100 61.12 142 58 98 40
s Mg) 1994
13 Copper (as IS 3025 P- 42- mg/l 0.05 1.5 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
Cu) 1992
14 Manganese(a IS 3025 P-59- mg/l 0.1 0.3 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
s Mn) 2006
15 Sulphate (as IS 3025 P- 24- mg/l 200 400 142.57 494.60 230.58 388.99 124.97
So4) 1986
16 Nitrate (as IS 3025 P- 34- mg/l 45 100. 8.23 15.92 13.54 14.54 6.84
No3) 1988
17 Fluoride (as APHA-4500 F mg/l 1.0 1.5 0.14 0.19 0.14 0.15 0.10
F)
18 Ph. mg/l 0.001 0.002 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 <
IS 3025 P- 43-
Compound(a 0.001
1992
s C6 H5OH)
19 Mercury (as IS 3025 P- 48- mg/l 0.001 No < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 <
Hg) 1994 Relax. 0.001
20 Cadmium (as IS 3025 P- 41- mg/l 0.010 No < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 <
Cd) 1992 Relax. 0.001
21 Selenium(as IS 3025 P- 56- mg/l 0.010 No < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 <
Se) 2003 Relax. 0.005
22 Arsenic (as IS 3025 P- 37- mg/l 0.010 No < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010 <
As) 1998 Relax. 0.010
23 Cyanide(as IS 3025 P- 27- mg/l 0.05 No < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
CN) 1986 Relax.
24 Lead(as Pb) IS 3025 P- 47- mg/l 0.05 No < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
1994 Relax.
25 Zinc (as Zn) IS 3025 P- 49- mg/l 5.0 15 0.38 0.42 0.29 0.32 0.21
1991
26 An. Anx of K IS mg/l 0.20 1.0 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
Detergent ( 13428
as MBAS)
27 Chromium(as IS 3025 P- 52- mg/l 0.05 No < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010 <
Cr) 2003 Relax. 0.010
28 Mineral Oil IS 3025 P-39- mg/l 0.01 0.03 < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010 <
1991 0.010
29 Alkalinity (as IS 3025 P-23- mg/l 200 600 380 190 285 380 361
CaCo3) 1986
30 Aluminum IS 3025 P- 55- mg/l 0.03 0.2 < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010 <
(as Al) 2003 0.010
31 Boron(as B) Anx. H IS mg/l 1.0 5.0 0.18 0.24 0.19 0.21 0.12
13428
32 Total MPN/1 10 100 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0
IS 1622: 1981
Coliform 00ml
33 F Coliform IS 1622: 1981 Absent -- Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
GROUND WATER MONITORING STATIONS

Sampling Locations
GW1 Hand Pump (Village Itehra)
GW2 Hand Pump (Village - Roza Jalapur)
GW3 Bore well (Village -Khairpur Gujjar)
GW4 Bore well (Village - Chipiyana Buzurg)
GW5 Bore well (Crossing Republik, Ghaziabad)
Table 5.14: Ground Water Test Reports- 3
S. Parameter Unit Desirable Permissible GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5

No
1 Colour Hazen 5 25 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0
unit
2 Odour -- ---- UO UO UO UO UO UO
3 Taste -- ---- Agr Agr Agr Agr Agr Agr
4 Turbidity NTU 5 10 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0
5 pH -- 6.5 8.5 6.96 7.2 7.14 7.19 7.2
6 Total mg/l 300 600 360.0 325.0 340 365 359
Hardness (as
CaCo3)
7 Total Iron (as mg/l 0.3 1.0 0.16 0.11 0.13 0.15 0.21
Fe)
8 Chloride (as mg/l 250 1000 69.0 54.2 61.6 80.6 76
Cl)
9 Residual Free mg/l 0.2 -- < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2
Chlorine
10 Total mg/l 500 2000 550.0 495.0 525 520 565
Dissolved
Solid
11 Calcium mg/l 75 200 86.2 68.1 76.2 92.1 85.1
(as Ca)
12 Magnesium mg/l 30 100 35.2 37.7 36.5 38.1 35.8
(as Mg)
13 Copper mg/l 0.05 1.5 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
(as Cu)
14 Manganese mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
(as Mn)
15 Sulphate mg/l 200 400 49.4 41.2 41.2 52.1 46.8
(as So4)
16 Nitrate mg/l 45 100. 4.2 3.38 5.4 10.4 6.4
(as No3)
17 Fluoride mg/l 1.0 1.5 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0
(as F)
18 Ph. mg/l 0.001 0.002 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001
Compound
(as C6H5OH)
19 Mercury (as mg/l 0.001 No Relax. <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001
Hg)
20 Cadmium (as mg/l 0.010 No Relax. < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
Cd)
21 Selenium(as mg/l 0.010 No Relax. < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
Se)
22 Arsenic (as mg/l 0.010 No Relax. < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01
As)
23 Cyanide(as mg/l 0.05 No Relax. < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
CN)
24 Lead(as Pb) mg/l 0.05 No Relax. < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
25 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5.0 15 0.6 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5
26 An. mg/l 0.20 1.0 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
Detergent ( as
MBAS)
27 Chromium(as mg/l 0.05 No Relax. < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05
Cr)
28 Alkalinity (as mg/l 0.01 0.03 400 370.0 385.0 420 410
CaCo3)
29 Aluminum mg/l 200 600 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03
(as Al)
30 Boron(as B) mg/l 0.03 0.2 < 0.25 < 0.25 < 0.25 < 0.25 < 0.25
31 Total mg/l 1.0 5.0 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2
Coliform
32 E Coli MPN/ 10 100 Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
100ml
Observation on Ground Water

From the above tables, it can be concluded that all the parameters of ground water quality are
within BIS 10500 norms. The pH in various ground water samples ranged from 6.95 to 7.9. The
TDS in various ground water samples ranged from 495 to 3686.4mg/l. The TDS levels are within
the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l in all the samples except at GW2 and GW4 at location 3 which
is due to Groundwater contamination by over exploitation and ongoing construction activities in
the nearby areas. The concentration of various heavy metals e.g. lead, nickel, zinc, chromium,
cadmium was observed to be below detectable limit. The concentration level of various heavy
metals and toxic compounds indicates the absence of chemical pollution sources in the area. The
concentration of BOD and COD also indicates that the groundwater in general is not affected by
various sources of pollution. The concentration of iron is much less than the permissible limit of 1
mg/l in groundwater samples collected from various locations. The concentration of nitrates and
chlorides was well below the permissible limit. The coliform was absent in tube wells as well as
hand pump.
1. Surface Water Monitoring: Hindon River near Arthala Village (NE)
Table: 5.15: SURFACE WATER SAMPLE ANALYSIS REPORT
S.No. Parameter Units Test Method SW1

1 Colour Hazen IS 3025 P-04 Apparent Colour
2 pH Value -- IS 3025 P-11 7.4
3 Chloride mg/l IS 3025 P-32 536.1
4 Total Dissolved Solid mg/l IS 3025 P-16 2162.0
5 Conductivity µg/cm IS 3025 P-14 3432.0
6 BOD mg/l IS 3025 P-44 57.4
7 COD mg/l IS 3025 P-58 323.4
8 Sulphate mg/l IS 3025 P-24 92.1
9 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l IS 3025 P-38 3.1
10 Fluoride mg/l APHA 4500F 2.1
11 Arsenic mg/l IS 3025 P-37 < .01
12 Cyanide mg/l IS 3025 P-27 < .05
13 Oil & Grease mg/l IS 3025 P-39 46.0
14 Boron mg/l APHA 1.08
15 Total Coliform MPN/100ml IS 1622-1981 330 x10 3
16 Sodium absorption Ratio - Calculation 1.9
2. Surface Water Monitoring Stations

Sampling Location
SW1 Hindon River
SW2 Yamuna River
Table: 5.16: SURFACE WATER SAMPLE ANALYSIS REPORT

S.No. Parameter Units Test Method SW1 SW2
1 Colour Hazen IS 3025 P-04 Blackish Colorless
2 Turbidity NTU IS 3025 P- 10 10 10
3 pH Value -- IS 3025 P-11 7.4 7.8
4 Chloride mg/l IS 3025 P-32 354.38 196.88
5 Total Dissolved Solid mg/l IS 3025 P-16 1197.8 908.2
6 Conductivity µg/cm IS 3025 P-14 2038 1489
7 BOD mg/l IS 3025 P-44 8 20
8 COD mg/l IS 3025 P-58 32 68
9 Sulphate mg/l IS 3025 P-24 96.80 39.60
10 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l IS 3025 P-38 4.8 4.6
11 Fluoride mg/l APHA 4500F 0.34 0.17
12 Arsenic mg/l IS 3025 P-37 < 0.010 < 0.010
13 Cyanide mg/l IS 3025 P-27 < 0.01 < 0.01
14 Oil & Grease mg/l IS 3025 P-39 < 1.0 < 1.0
15 Boron mg/l APHA 0.19 0.14
16 Total Coliform MPN/100ml IS 1622-1981 7.6x104 8.4x104
17 F Coliform MPN/100ml IS 1622-1981 2.7x103 3.3x103
Sodium absorption - Calculation 0.12 0.89
18 Ratio
The analysis indicates that both Hindon and Yamuna River water is polluted and cannot be used
for drinking, bathing, swimming, fisheries etc.
5.4 Soil Quality
5.4.1 Geomorphology:
Gautam Budh Nagar district, a part of Ganga-Yamuna Doab in the vicinity of River Yamuna,
forms almost a monotonous plain with occurrence of sand dunes, sandy ridges, ravenous tracts and
depressions close to the river system of Yamuna. At places, close to river ravines are developed in
the form of narrow gullies on land surface due to excessive erosion by surface runoff. Ravines
form a bad land topography along Hindon and Bhuriya Nadi between Bisrakh and Dankaur areas
and also in Jhajhar area. Lenses and beds of Kankar are seen exposed and forms mounds or
pinnacles. Flood plain of river Yamuna with remnants of old meander scars, oxbow lakes and relict
drainages is developed along the river in western part of the district. The terrain has gentle slope
from northwest to south-east with a gradient of 0.2 m/km.
5.4.2 Soil Types:
The soil ranges from pure sand to stiff clays and including all combination of the two extreme litho
units. The pure sand is called Bhur and clay is called Matiar. The mixture of sand and clay in equal
proportion forms Dumat or loam, a good agriculture soil. Several subcategories of Dumat are
possible depending upon the contents of clay and sand. The bad land patches (Kallor) which are
ingested with Reh at places do not support any vegetation growth. Alluvial soils occurring in flood
plain of rivers is called Kemp which yield good crops. Kankars invariably associated with clay and
at times retards ground water movement.
1. Soil sample near Sector 79
SOIL QUALITY TESTING STATIONS
Code Sample Collection Points

SQ1 Project Site Sector 79
SQ2 Village -Aminabad
SQ3 Village - Sutiyana
SQ4 Sector-81
SQ5 Sector-52, Village- Hosiyarpur
SQ-5
SQ-1 SQ-2
SQ-4 SQ-3
Fig 5.10: Soil Quality Testing Stations
TABLE 5.17: SOIL ANALYSIS REPORT

S. Parameter Unit SQ-1 SQ-2 SQ-3 SQ-4 SQ-5
No.
1 Sandy Sandy Sandy clay Sandy Sandy
Texture - loam loam loam clay loam clay loam
Sand % 70.5 68.1 60.8 58.6 60.2
Silt % 17.3 17.7 18.5 21.5 19.3
Clay % 12.2 14.2 20.7 19.9 20.5
2 pH (1:2) - 7.28 7.65 7.43 7.69 7.23
Electrical
3 Conductivity (1:2) µmhos/cm 367 381 498 464 486
4 CEC meq/100 gm 14.9 17.0 18.7 18.9 16.7
Exchangeable
5 Potassium meq/100 gm 0.29 0.38 0.42 0.43 0.24
Exchangeable
6 Sodium meq/100 gm 0.62 0.89 0.92 0.82 0.76
Exchangeable
7 Calcium meq/100 gm 11.2 12.5 11.8 13.1 13.5
Exchangeable
8 Magnesium meq/100 gm 2.8 3.2 3.9 2.9 3.5
Sodium Absorption
9 Ratio - 0.74 1.00 0.99 0.92 0.89
Water Holding
10 Capacity % 21.8 23.9 26.4 27.6 24.6
11 Porosity % 44.3 41.5 39.1 38.1 45.1
12 Permeability cm/hrs 2.3 2.1 1.8 1.9 2.2
13 TKN % 0.039 0.041 0.051 0.046 0.053
14 Phosphorus mg/kg 11.2 14.1 16.3 12.5 15.3
15 Organic Matter % 0.29 0.33 0.28 0.27 0.31
16 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.42 1.36 1.32 1.45 1.28
NOTE: Analysis done on Dry Basis except Moisture.
· Soil Sample near Sector-52
Sample Collection Points

SQ1 Project Site
SQ2 Sector-79, Noida (4km -South )
SQ3 Sector-122,near pusta road, Noida (3.5 km NNE)
SQ4 Sector-63, Noida (5.5 km -North)
SQ5 New Ashok Nagar, Sec-1, Noida (6 km -West)
SQ 4 SQ 3
River Hindon
SQ 5
SQ 1
SQ 2

S.No. Parameter Units SQ1 SQ2 SQ3 SQ4 SQ5
1 Colour -- Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown
2 pH at (1:2) -- 8.6 7.6 7.7 7.6 7.7
3 Sodium mg/kg 184 212 251 345 318
4 Potassium mg/kg 38 52 71 97 87
5 Cation Exchange Capacity meq/100gm 21.7 40.4 42.1 57.54 52.38
6 Water Holding Capacity % by mass 19.2 40.3 46.5 30.43 27.04
7 Bulk Density gm/ml 1.58 1.56 1.52 1.55 1.54
8 Porosity % by mass 8.5 10.6 8.2 9.8 10.1
9 Soil Permeabilty cm/minute 6.4 8.8 5.9 7.1 7.6
Sodium Absorption -- 0.05 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.06
10 Ratio
11 Texture
1. Sand % by mass 71.25 60.23 74.25 52.75 71.86
2. Silt % by mass 12.50 36.93 8.50 33.25 14.28
3. Clay % by mass 16.25 2.84 17.25 14.00 13.86
· Soil sample atTech Zone IV and nearby areas, Greater Noida

SOIL QUALITY TESTING STATIONS
Code Sample Collection Points

SQ1 Project Site Village Itehra
SQ2 Village -Khairpur Gujjar
SQ3 Village - Chipiyana Buzurg
L-3
L-1
L-2

S. Parameter Unit SQ-1 SQ-2 SQ-3
No.
1 Sandy Sandy Sandy clay
Texture - loam loam loam
Sand % 71.7 66.3 55.6
Silt % 17.1 18.4 21.5
Clay % 11.2 15.3 22.9
2 pH (1:2) - 7.28 7.65 7.63
Electrical
3 Conductivity (1:2) µmhos/cm 357 381 498
4 CEC meq/100 gm 14.9 17.0 18.7
Exchangeable
5 Potassium meq/100 gm 0.29 0.38 0.42
6 Exchangeable Sodium meq/100 gm 0.62 0.89 0.92
Exchangeable
7 Calcium meq/100 gm 11.2 12.5 13.5
Exchangeable
8 Magnesium meq/100 gm 2.8 3.2 3.9
Sodium Absorption
9 Ratio - 0.74 1.00 0.99
Water Holding
10 Capacity % 21.8 23.9 27.6
11 Porosity % 44.3 41.5 39.1
12 Permeability cm/hrs 2.3 2.1 1.8
13 TKN % 0.039 0.041 0.051
14 Phosphorus mg/kg 11.2 14.1 16.3
15 Organic Matter % 0.29 0.33 0.28
16 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.42 1.36 1.32
NOTE: Analysis done on Dry Basis except Moisture.
5.4.3 Observations
Physical characteristics of soil were characterized through specific parameters viz bulk density,
porosity, water holding capacity, pH, electrical conductivity and texture. Soil pH plays an
important role in the availability of nutrients. Soil microbial activity as well as solubility of
metal ions is also dependent on pH. In the study area, variations in the pH of the soil were found to
be neutral (7.28 to 8.6). Electrical conductivity (EC) is a measure of the soluble salts and
ionic activity in the soil. In the collected soil samples the conductivity ranged from 357 to 498
µmhos/cm.
5.5 Socio-Economic Scenario
This section discusses the baseline scenario of the socio-economic environment in the study area
and the anticipated impacts of the Proposed Project on the socio-economic environment. The
issues under focus in this chapter are demographic structure, economic activities, and education
literacy rate and infrastructure resources.
Demographic composition of the study area:

The major part of the study area is spread over in Gautam Buddh Nagar. Many villages have been
identified in the rural areas. Important villages located in the study area are Patwari, Sorkha,
Chipiyana Buzurg, Shahberi, Khirpur Gujjar, Aminabad, Dhundehara and Duryai etc.
Literates, literacy rate: The number of literate persons in the area is 1,010,846, which accounts
for 74.4 percent of the total eligible population. Of this male shares 60.1 percent and female 39.9
percent. The literacy rate varies widely from one habitation to another. Overall gender gap in
literacy rate has been worked out to 20.2, which is quite significant.
Population: As per provisional data of 2011 census, Greater Noida had a population of 107,676,
with 58,662 males and 49,014 females. The literacy rate was 86.54 per cent.
Greater Noida Literacy Rate 2011: In education section, total literates in Greater Noida city are
79,757 of which 45,878 are males while 33,879 are females. Average literacy rate of Greater
Noida city is 86.54 percent of which male and female literacy was 91.48 and 80.65 percent.
Greater Noida Sex Ratio 2011: The sex ratio of Greater Noida city is 836 per 1000 males. Child
sex ratio of girls is 823 per 1000 boys.
Greater Noida Child Population 2011: Total children (0-6) in Greater Noida city are 15,517 as
per figure from Census India report on 2011. There were 8,512 boys while 7,005 are girls. The
child forms 14.41 % of total population of Greater Noida City.
Table 5.20: Population of Greater Noida as per Census, 2011

Greater Noida City Total Male Female
Population 107,676 58,662 49,014
Literates 79,757 45,878 33,879
Children (0-6) 15,517 8,512 7,005
Average Literacy (%) 86.54 91.48 80.65
Sex ratio 836
Child sex ratio 823
Table 5.21: District (Gautam Budh Nagar) at a glance in 2001 -2011

Description 2011 2001
Actual Population 1,674,714 1,202,030
Male 904,505 652,819
Female 770,209 549,211
Population Growth 39.32% 43.36%
Area Sq. Km 1,338 1,338
Density/km2 1,252 898
Proportion to Uttar Pradesh Population 0.84% 0.72%
Sex Ratio (Per 1000) 852 841

Child Sex Ratio (0-6 Age) 854 854
Average Literacy 82.20 68.69
Male Literacy 90.23 81.26
Female Literacy 72.78 53.70
Total Child Population (0-6 Age) 245,232 218,359
Male Population (0-6 Age) 132,925 117,783
Female Population (0-6 Age) 112,307 100,576
Literates 1,175,053 675,669
Male Literates 696,210 434,749
Female Literates 478,843 240,920
Child Proportion (0-6 Age) 14.64% 18.17%
Boys Proportion (0-6 Age) 14.70% 18.04%
Girls Proportion (0-6 Age) 14.58% 18.31%
Fig 5.13: Component of Urban Population of NCT- Delhi -2011
Fig 5.15: Distribution of Area in Sub-Regions of
Fig 5.14: Distribution of Population in Sub-Regions of
NCR-2011
NCR-2011
Table 5.22:Sub-Region Wise Distribution of Population in NCR (1981-2011)

Population ShareofPopulation(%)
Sub-region 1981 1991 2001 2011 1981 1991 2001 2011
NCT-Delhi 62,20,406 94,20,644 1,38,50,507 1,67,53,235 31.4 34.4 37.3 36.4
Haryana 49,38,541 66,43,604 86,87,050 1,10,37,548 24.8 24.3 23.4 24.0
Rajasthan 17,55,575 22,96,580 29,92,592 36,71,999 8.8 8.4 8.1 8.0
U.P 69,68,646 90,01,704 1,15,70,117 1,45,84,234 35.0 32.9 31.2 31.6
NCR 1,98,83,168 2,73,62,532 3,71,00,266 4,60,49,032 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
Fig 5.16: Growth Rate of Population in NCR
Source- Census of India, 1981- 2011* (Provisional)
Fig 5.17: Decadal Growth Rate of NCT-Delhi (1901-2011)
Table 5.23: Reasons of Migration to Delhi
Reasons of Migration Migrants(1981-1991) Migrants(1991-2001)

Total % Total %
Employment/work 4,96,731 31.3 8,16,174 37.6
Business 64,678 4.1 11,818 0.5
Education 36,192 2.3 58,146 2.7
Marriage 2,47,903 15.6 2,99,856 13.8
Moved with household 6,58,041 41.5 7,99,231 36.8
Others 83,947 5.3 1,87,535 8.6

Total migrants 15,87,492 100.0 21,72,760 100.0
Source:Census of India1981,1991and2001
Industries
Greater Noida is a home to numerous companies running their industries. Some of them are:
Alstom, BPCL R&D centre, Asian Paints, Daewoo Motors, Delphi automotive, Honda Siel Cars
India, New Holland Tractors, NTPC Dadri, Yamaha Motors, Minda Corporation Limited, &Sharda
Motor Industries ltd.
IT & Biotech Companies

There are various IT and Biotech companies in the area. NIIT, Wipro Technologies, Yashoda
Hospital & Research Centre, LG Electronics, Moser Baer, Samsung Electronics & ST
Microelectronics
Basic Infrastructure Facilities in Villages

All the villages lying in the study area are well connected by pitched roads. All the villages have at
least a primary school, a primary health centre, post office and branches of nationalized bank. All
the villages are connected by telephone and electricity grid.
6. Meteorological Studies of the Area
6.1 Rainfall:
The average annual rainfall is approximately 714 mm, most of which (80%) falls during the
monsoon months of July and August. The maximum rainfall occurs during the monsoon period
i.e., June to September having the normal value of 600 mm which is 85.7% of annual rainfall.
August is the wettest month having the normal rainfall of 205.8 mm followed by July when normal
rainfall received about 194.4 mm.
The climate of the district is sub-humid and characterized by hot summer and bracing cold season.
After February there is continuous increase in temperature till May which is generally the hottest
month. During the southwest monsoon season the relative humidity is high and after the
withdrawal of the monsoon humidity decreases. The mean monthly maximum relative humidity in
the morning of August month is 84% and mean monthly minimum relative humidity measured in
the morning of May is 41 %.
6.2 Wind Velocity
The normal annual mean wind speed in the district is 6.7 kmph the highest normal wind speed is
9.2 kmph in the month of June followed by 8.3 kmph in May. The annual normal potential evapo-
transiration of the district is 1545.3 mm. The maximum PET occurs in the month of June followed
by May with 225.3 mm and 222.2 mm respectively.
6.3 Relative Humidity
During the southwest monsoon season the relative humidity is high and after the withdrawal of the
monsoon humidity decreases. The mean monthly maximum relative humidity in the morning of
August month is 84% and mean monthly minimum relative humidity measured in the morning of
May is 41 %.
6.4 Temperature
Greater Noida, situated in north of Tropic of Cancer experiences a fairly hot summer and cold
winter. The Himalayas in the north and the desert in the west influence the climate of the area. The
months of May and June are very hot and dry, while December and January are very cold. The
mean monthly temperature varies from 7.3°C in January to 39.6°C in May. The maximum and
minimum temperature recorded is 44 oC in summer and 5 oC in winter.
The monthly maximum, minimum and mean values of temperature for past decade (2008-2013)
are presented in Table below. It is observed that from February, the ambient temperature gradually
rise till June, which is the hottest month of the year with a mean maximum and minimum of 390C
and 24 0C, respectively. The Mean lowest temperature recorded was 7 0C on January 2011 and the
Mean highest was 39 0C in May.
Table 6.1 a: Temperature (Max, Mean & Min) of the Year 2009
Jan, 2009 Feb, 2009 March, 2009 April, 2009 May, 2009 June, 2009
Temperature Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min
Max Temp. 25 °C 21 °C 14 °C 28 °C 25 °C 20 °C 33 °C 29 °C 27 °C 43 °C 36 °C 28 °C 43 °C 39 °C 34 °C 45 °C 41 °C 36 °C
Mean Temp. 19 °C 15 °C 10 °C 22 °C 18 °C 14 °C 27 °C 23 °C 19 °C 34 °C 29 °C 23 °C 37 °C 33 °C 29 °C 39 °C 35 °C 30 °C
Min Temp. 14 °C 9 °C 5 °C 16 °C 12 °C 8 °C 21 °C 17 °C 12 °C 28 °C 23 °C 17 °C 32 °C 28 °C 23 °C 34 °C 30 °C 23 °C
July, 2009 Aug, 2009 Sept, 2009 Oct, 2009 Nov, 2009 Dec, 2009
MeanTemp. 36 °C 32 °C 29 °C 34 °C 31 °C 28 °C 32 °C 29 °C 23 °C 31 °C 26 °C 23 °C 24 °C 21 °C 16 °C 20 °C 16 °C 12 °C
MinTemp. 31 °C 28 °C 25 °C 32 °C 28 °C 25 °C 28 °C 26 °C 22 °C 27 °C 21 °C 15 °C 20 °C 15 °C 9 °C 15 °C 10 °C 6 °C
Table 6.1 b: Temperature (Max, Mean & Min) of the Year 2010
Table 6.1 c: Temperature (Max, Mean & Min) of the Year 2011
Table 6.1 d: Temperature (Max, Mean & Min) of the Year 2012
Table 6.1 e: Temperature (Max, Mean & Min) of the Year 2013
Max Temp. 24 °C 18 °C 9 °C 26 °C 22 °C 17°C 34 °C 30 °C 23 °C 40 °C 36 °C 31 °C 40 °C 36 °C 31 °C 45 °C 37 °C 30 °C
Max Temp. 39 °C 34 °C 29 °C 35°C 32 °C 28 °C 36 °C 34 °C 30 °C 34 °C 32 °C 26 °C 29 °C 26 °C 24 °C 27 °C 22 °C 16 °C
Table Table 6.1 f: Temperature (Max, Mean & Min) of the Year 2014
Jan, 2014 Feb, 2014
Temperature Max Avg Min Max Avg Min
Max Temperature 23 °C 18 °C 13 °C 26 °C 21 °C 14°C
Mean Temperature 17 °C 13 °C 9 °C 20 °C 15 °C 12 °C
Min Temperature 13 °C 8 °C 1 °C 16 °C 10 °C 5°C
Source: IMD
Analysis of wind records during 2010-2013 shows that the winds are generally light to moderate in
this area. It can be seen that the annual average wind speed varies from 3 to 13 km/h. The strongest
winds are observed during June i.e. Summer Season and the weakest during November.
Table 6.2: Monthly Wind Speed (Km/h)
2010 2011 2012 2013
Month MAX AVG MIN MAX AVG MIN MAX AVG MIN MAX AVG MIN
Jan 24 7 0 9 8 0 29 7 0 26 7 0
Feb 27 7 0 17 8 0 12 9 0 37 8 0
March 26 8 0 29 8 0 29 9 0 29 9 0
April 37 9 0 17 8 0 40 9 0 29 9 0
May 45 10 0 37 11 0 37 10 0 29 9 0
June 22 12 0 37 12 0 14 13 0 32 12 0
July 37 10 0 26 9 0 34 11 0 27 9 0
Aug 34 8 0 35 10 0 29 8 0 24 7 0
Sep 26 8 0 39 9 0 29 9 0 22 8 0
Oct 27 5 0 26 6 0 17 4 0 24 5 0
Nov 23 4 0 24 4 0 19 3 0 14 3 0
Dec 23 4 0 21 4 0 23 8 0 12 6 0
The temperature from the nearest IMD station located at New Delhi GK-2 at a height of 262 amsl
was taken for a period of 1 year (April 2013-April 2014)
Table 6.3: Weather Parameters for a Period April’13- April’14

Parameter Max Avg Min Sum
Temperature
Max Temperature 46 °C 30 °C 13 °C
Mean Temperature 39 °C 25 °C 9 °C
Min Temperature 34 °C 20 °C 1 °C
Degree Days
Heating Degree Days (base 65) 16 2 0 628
Cooling Degree Days (base 65) 37 13 0 4824

Growing Degree Days (base 50) 52 26 0 9673
Dew Point
Dew Point 30 °C 16 °C -4 °C
Precipitation
Precipitation 0.0 mm 0.0 mm 0.0 mm 0.00 mm
Snowdepth - - - -
Wind
Wind 222 km/h 8 km/h 0 km/h

Gust Wind 64 km/h 35 km/h 26 km/h
Sea Level Pressure

Sea Level Pressure 1026 hPa 1009 hPa 994 hPa
7. Land Environment- Site (Development Area & Planning Area) & Surrounding
7.1 Land Use of the Region
Greater Noida Industrial Development Authority has developed phase-I and a part of second phase
of development as proposed for the year 2011.
7.1.1 Landuse Breakup (Existing)
The Master Plan development area of Greater Noida has been divided broadly into 7 uses namely
Residential, Commercial, Institutional, Industrial, Green areas, SEZ and Transportation related
uses.
Table 7.1: Breakup of Land Use (Existing)

1. Residential 3000.00 22.10
4. Industrial 2600.00 19.16
5. Green Area 3000.00 22.10
6. SEZ 1000.00 7.37
7. Transportation & 1280.00 9.43
related use
Total 13570.00 100
7.1.2 Landuse Breakup (Proposed) 2021

Table 7.1: Proposed Breakup of Land Use (2021)

2 Industrial 4201.23 18.88
5 Green Areas 3579.80 16.09
8 SEZ 40.00 0.18
Total 22,255.0 100
Fig 7.1: Greater Noida 2021
7.2 External Infrastructure: Available & Proposed

Existing infrastructure is discussed in section 4.3 of Chapter 4. Proposed infrastructure is discussed
as follows:
7.2.1 Industrial Development

• Single window/table clearance systems.
• Transparency in work to be made apparent.
• Simplification and standardization of procedure e.g. brochures withall information and formats to
be made available.
• Decentralization of information centres e.g. with Industries’Association etc.
• Reduction in “Inspection Raj”
•Master Plans for each facility to be prepared and integrated keeping in view requirement and
timely availability.
7.2.1.1 Power
•Realistic assessment of demand & production at present level of production and distribution.
• Derive augmentation.
• Work backwards on PERT to provide for adequate supply.
• Private participation planning for production or distribution.
• Earmarking of site for captive power facility for Greater Noida.
• Planning for increase in use of non-conventional energy sources.
7.2.1.2 Development control and Building norms.

• Standardization of some basic designs
• Essential items for maintaining uniformity to be identified and norms set
• Simplification of procedure for issue of building permits/clearances
• Items of flexibility in building plans to be decided upon
• Policy on industrial parking viz. Freight vehicles, factory parking etc. to be drawn up and
incorporated in building plans.
• Cooperative parking and group parking facilities can be developed by industries/GNIDA.
• Decentralization of building plan clearances to few private agencies for specific items.
• Transport Network development comprising of air, rail and road
• Projection of road, rail, air and parking requirement
• Provision of freight container station, plan for site location.
• Modern ways of checks e.g., laden weight etc. to be planned for and set up in coordination with
relevant deptt. Of U.P. Govt.
• Satellite airport for cargo to be set up.
• Every heavy vehicle leaving and entering Greater Noida should be complacent of pollution,
fitness, laden weight etc. norms.
• Policing will be automated with minimum stopping on roads.
• Visual policing system to be set up.
7.2.1.3 Environment protection and Pollution Control.

• Assessment of magnitude of problem in future years.
•Identification of A,B,C and D categories of hazards and planning accordingly. Emperical data of
other industrial centres may be relied upon.
• Extent of greening essential for industries and options allowable to be decided.
• Incentives for outstanding performers.
• Policing and monitoring.
7.2.1.4 Telecommunications and Postal Services

• Assessment of requirement for all kinds of telecommunication and postal needs including courier
services.
• Plan for timely and adequate availability of each item.
• Plan for site requirement for telecom, postal and courier stations and timely issue of offers of
allotment.
• Follow up with different agencies for integrating Greater Noida requirement in their respective
plans.
7.2.1.5 Water Supply and Sewerage

• Realistic assessment of demand and availability for future.
• Derive augmentation
• Private participation planning for water supply and sewermaintenance.
• Earmarking of site for captive Water Supply and Sewage Treatment Plants for Greater Noida.
7.2.1.6 Solid Waste Management

• Identifying technologies that are available and which can be usedfor solid waste management.
• Sites identification for land fills etc.
• Provision of industrial incienerators etc.
• Provision of biodegradable waste collection and its recyling.
• Security and Safety as per MSW rules, 2000.
• Assessment of requirement in fire control and other industrialdisaster management requirements.
• Integration of GNIDA plans with those of Fire Dept. and CentralIndustrial Security Force etc.
• Communicating Future Requirement to various Deptts.
• Coordination and monitoring for timely availability of services.
7.2.2 Residential Development

Master Plans for each facility to be prepared and integrated keeping in view future requirement and
timely availability:
7.2.2.1 Power
• Realistic assessment of demand and production at present level of production and distribution.
• Derive augmentation.
• Private participation planning for production or distribution.
• Earmarking site for captive power facility for Greater Noida.
• Consumer education for preventing power theft and proper bill payment and to make bill payment
more consumer convenient.
7.2.2.2 Development control and Building norms to allow flexibility

• To work out a set of items which should comprise of a building plan
• To identify items that is essentially to be kept with Greater Noida Authority and those which can
be kept flexible.
• Setting of realistic norms and development of certain standard building designs which could be
made available on payment.
• Setting up of mobile squads for inspection and system of receipt of complaint/report.
• Parking policy for residential parking to prevent blocking of roadsand subroads.
7.2.2.3 Transport Network development comprising of air, rail and road.

• Extension of air services like tie up with air service providers.
• Connection with Metro Rail of Delhi
• Connection with major railway stations like Delhi, Ghaziabad etc.
• City bus service, local permits, chartered bus service etc.
• Connection with DTC, UPSRTC, RTC etc.
• Terminals and depots designs and their setting up in time to be ensured.
• Bus stop designing with provision for hawkers.
• Taxi and autorichskaw service e.g. to be all CNG only, carriageway to be earmarked for different
services.
• Plan of short distance travel e.g. rickshaws, decision onidentification of traffic streets,
introduction of new design, total banetc.
7.2.2.4 Environment protection and Pollution Control

• Social forestry to prevent soil erosion
• Identify areas of focus
• Strategy of management of each area
7.2.2.5 Telecommunications and Postal Services

• Setting up adequate no of post offices
• Planning of enough facilities for telephone connections
• Cyber services including cafes
7.2.2.6 Water Supply and Sewerage

• Realistic assessment of demand and availability
• Derive augmentation
• Work backwards on PERT to provide for adequate supply
• Private participation planning for water supply and sewer maintenance.
• Earmarking of site for capital water treatment and sewage treatmentplants for Greater Noida.
7.2.2.7 Solid Waste Management

• Identifying technologies that are available and which can be used for solid waste management.
• Site identification for land fills etc.
• Provision of community/industrial incinerators etc.
• Promotion of biodegradable waste collection and its recycling.
7.2.2.8 Security
• Neighborhood watch scheme
• Registration of domestic servants
• Special assistance cell for senior citizens.
• Enough no of police stations/posts to be planned and follow up with UP Police for manning them.
7.2.2.9 Education
• Planning for primary, secondary, college and vocational education in private as well as state
owned sector
• Assessment of requirement, earmarking of sites follow up for theirsetting up in time.
7.2.2.10 Recreation
• Development of clubs, fitness centres, swimming pools, community centres, libraries, band
stands, cinema, multiplex, theatres etc.
7.2.2.11 Health care facilities

• Assessment of requirement in private and public sectors
• Identification of sites and follow up for timely setup
• Special provision of facilities for EWS and Greater Noida residentsand a monitoring system for
this be developed.
7.2.2.12 Landscaping and greenery development with special emphasis onflowers, fountains
and social forestry shall be done.
• Landscape Master Plan to be developed.
• Recreational greens to be set up
• Theme parks
• Predominant flowering trees and shrubs in different areas to be used for naming sectors.
• Providing a unique ambience for a relaxed lifestyle
• Traffic quieting devices to be planned and implemented.
• Provision of open spaces, walkways etc.
• Road furniture and siganges’ management.
• To be road user friendly.
• Special emphasis for senior citizens and children
• Development of Neighbourhood Management Council as awatchdog and helper
7.3 Physical Feature within & around site

The key physical features of the structure and design of the Development Plan are as follows:-
• General topography is flat except certain local depression in North East of Surajpur Kasna
road, susceptible to flooding in rains
• Terrain is generally plain with gradual slope that varies between 0.1-0.2% from north-east
to south-west.
• Maximum altitude of 212 m amsl occurs near Milk Lachchhi Village
• Minimum altitude of 192 m amsl occurs near confluence point of River Yamuna & Hindon
in south.
PROTECTED FORESTS · Gulistanpur PF Block

· Rampur Jagir PF Block
· Mursheedpur PF Block
· Amarpur PF Block
WATER BODIES/WETLAND · Wetland area around Lohia Lake

· Lohia Rivulet
· Various Ponds
Concerns addressed in the development plan

1. The river Hindon is a major ecological resource which is being conserved and will have
more plantations and organized green areasall along Hindon river front.
2. The reserve forest cover in the North is the major ecological resource which will be
conserved. Some parts of this reserve forest arepresently degraded and an upgradation
scheme would be taken upactively to improve the ecological balance and protection of the
wildlife.
3. The concept of inter-flowing green spaces as in Chandigarh, and in Delhi Master Plan, has
also been provided in GNA as a continuouslung-space which will ultimately connect to
local level open spacesystem to be shown as part of detailed development plans.
In addition to the industrial and residential areas the important features ofthis complex would be
the large areas devoted to regional recreationalactivities such as ornamental Garden, Recreational,
Botanical, Zoological Theme and Amusement Parks and River Front.
7.4 Slopes/ Levels with reference to roads and surrounding development
The general slope of the area is from eastern side towards river Hindon in the west. The
rivulets, nalas, surface water bodies etc form an integral part of any landform and help in
effectively draining off the area. Retaining these natural features in the development plan
can help to achieve a city thatsupports an intelligently planned physical infrastructure.
Fig 7.2: General Slope Profile-Gautam Buddh Nagar
7.5 Drainage pattern of the surrounding area
The general slope of the area is from eastern side towards river Hindon inthe west. The drainage
system has been designed accordingly. Underground drains have been planned in most of the areas.
The Drainsare being constructed alongwith the development of sectors. Slope showing the drainage
pattern is shown in the above figure.
• GNIDA proposes interception drains and garland system for groundwater recharge for the
wetlands and protect them by declaring them as Natural Conservation Zones in Master Plan
2021.
• Main drains have been designed as covered brick drains considering rainfall intensity of
1hr. duration-1.65’’ /hr (= 40mm/ hr).
• Lohia Nala collects water from south central parts of G.N and drains it into the Lohia Lake
• Storm water from southern part is collected through Hindon Rivulet which confluences
with Hindon River at the southern end of G.N
• Bhuria Nala joins the Yamuna downstream of the notified area of G.N and drains entire
area south of Lohia Lake
• Dasna drain collects storm water from northern part of the area and outfalls in Hindon river.
• Lohia rivulet transverses through the Greater Noida Township serving as natural drainage
system. This rivulet is proposed to be developed and conserved as a landscape features.
7.6 Environmental Liabilities- Low lying/ flood prone areas

The city of Greater Noida is in close proximity to river Hindon and Yamuna. The general
topography of Greater Noida is flat except certain local depression in North East of Surajpur Kasna
road, susceptible to flooding in rains. The threat of flood in case of heavy monsoons cannot be
avoided; hence, flood control measures such as Bandha of Hindon River were taken.Allabas bund
and Atta bund has been constructed to protect the city from flooding.
7.7 Existing Hazardous Industries

Classification of Industries
Delhi Pollution Control Committee has issued the consents to the industries to run in the
conforming areas of Delhi. Consents were issued only to those Industries that are falling under
Green and Orange Category.
Industries under Red Categories:

All hazardous/noxious/heavy and large industries, as indicated in MPD-2001 and as
added/amended by Central Pollution Control Board and accepted by Supreme Court for the
purpose of categorization/identification of various industries under H(a) and H(b) category shall
fall under RED category. Industries under Red Category shall not be permitted to operate in the
jurisdiction of NCT of Delhi.
List of Negative Industries (Red Category)
1. Smelter Process (Aluminum, Copper, Lead & Zinc)

2. Distillery
3. Dyes & Dyes Intermediate
4. Foundry, Cupola Furnace, Arc Furnace, Introduction Furnace & other Furnaces
5. Tanneries (Vegetable/ Chrome)
6. Pulp & Paper
7. Bone Mills & Allied Industries
8. Stone Crushing
8. Water Environment
8.1 Source & Quality

At present, the source of water supply is ground water. The area is dividedinto water supply zones,
and a system of tubewells, overhead tanks andtrunk and other supply lines have been developed as
per the Master Plan. Industrial area, is now being provided water supply system as per
newIndustrial policy. 85 cusec Ganga water supply shall be available fromUpper Ganga Canal to
supplement the ground water source for meeting thefuture needs for which work has been
implementing by M/s U.P.R.N.N and GNIDA and proposed to be completed in a period of 3 years.
Ground water availability:
Ground water is an important source of water supply in most of the citiesacross the country.
Unfortunately most of the ground water aquifers inthese cities are depleting at an alarming rate due
to over exploitation anddecrease in recharge supporting areas. Hence, location of the
urbanisablearea and strategic distribution of landuses can play a pivotal role inarresting these
depleting levels. The availability of ground water and location of recharge areas have been
considered while locating thelanduses.
8.2 Total Requirement and Status of Water Supply

a. Water Demand:
Projected fresh water demand upto 2021 is based on expected population 12.7 Lacs upto 2021,
however as per density increase in light of direction given by NCRPB while granting NOC for
GNIDA MP – 2021.
Condituions given by NCRPB:
“In order to achieve the targeted population and density as per the Regional Plan-2021
for NCR, density levels may be increased by various measures like increase in FAR,
creating condutive climate for industrial/ economic activities and integration of the DMIC
projects and improved connectivity.”
Accordingly redensification has been proposed and expected population proposed for 2031 is
apprx. 30 Lacs for which the revision in the EMP have to be made in future.
Table 8.1: Projected Fresh Water Requirement upto 2021
S.N Particulars Rate of water supply Water Demand
(MLD)
1. Urban* Water Requirement Rate of fresh water supply – 225 285.75

lpcd for 12.7 lacs population
2. Industrial Water Rate of fresh water supply 45 171.50

Requirement litres per sqm of industrial area
3. Total Fresh Water Urban* & Industrial 457.25
Requirement
*Urban= Residential/ Institutional/ Commercial
Table 8.2: Projected Recycled Water Requirement upto 2021
S.No. Type of Use Use Water Demand

(MLD)
1. Domestic Flushing* 86
2. Non- Domestic Horticulture (Minimum of 3,579.80 5
Recycled Water for Ha + Individual unit green area)/

low end uses irrigation, fields, parks, road side
plantations, green belts, golf courses,
lawns (Non Monsoon only)
CSTP Water for Construction/ Curing 5
Cooling water, Road washing, fire 5
fighting, artificial lakes & other
miscellaneous uses
3. Total Recycled Water Required 101 (Non-monsoon)
96 (Monsoon)
*Note: 30% of total domestic water requirement will be met from STP (tertiary treated water as
per CPCB norms for reuse)
b. Water Supply
The Master Plan for water supply has been prepared and the salient features of Plan are as
follows—
1. Water demand has been calculated based on the saturation density (ultimate population)
proposed in Greater Noida Master Plan. Per capita water demandhas been considered 225
lpcd + 20% unaccounted.
2. Total water requirement catering to domestic and industrial uses for 12.7 lakhs population
is envisaged as 458 MLD. Water requirement projected for area under Phase-I (2001) is 64
MLD, Phase II (2011) is 85 MLD and Phase-III (2021) is 124 MLD.
3. Initially source of water supply is from tubewells tapping underground water.Ultimately a
perennial source of water will be Ganga Water from Upper GangaCanal. 85 cusec Ganga
Water has aheading been allotted to GNIDA by UP Govt. The project has been taken up by
UPRNN & GNIDA.
4. The Plan Area has been divided in different water supply zones and provision of water
supply i.e. distribution networks, tubewells, rising mains, overhead tanks/under ground
reservoir have been made accordingly. In each zone, one zonal central water reservoir of 4
hours capacity has been proposed near overhead tanks.
5. Minimum terminal pressure at service connection is 17.0 m and disinfection by chlorination
will be done at source. Mode of water supply will be continuous (7days x 24 hours).
Provision of 52 nos. tubewells has been taken in Phase-III (2011-2021).
6. At the time of Ganga Water availability the tubewell supply shall be closed.Tubewell
supply shall be made at the time of closure of canal at the time of maintenance or for other
reasons.
8.3 Water Balance
@100% of Industrial water

after onsite ETP treatment
INDUSTRIAL
INDUSTRIAL
FRESH WATER
WATER 171.5 MLD WASTEWATER
171.5MLD
GENERATED
@80% of domestic = 230 MLD
water CSTP=257 MLD
URBAN FRESH DOMESTIC After 10% losses= 207 MLD

WATER 200MLD WATER 286 MLD
Secondary Treated Water= 106 MLD
101 MLD
RECYCLED
Flushing Water Tertiary Treated Water
WATER
86 MLD
101 MLD
Horticulture/ irrigation,
Cooling water, Road washing,
fields, parks, road side CSTP WATER for Water
fire fighting, artificial lakes &
plantations, green belts, Construction/ Curing CETP
golf courses, lawns
other miscellaneous uses Bodies
5 MLD 5 MLD
5 MLD Water Balance for Master Plan 2021: Non- Monsoon 106 MLD
Fig 8.1: Water Balance for Master Plan 2021: Non Monsoon
@100% of Industrial water
after onsite ETP treatment
INDUSTRIAL
INDUSTRIAL
FRESH WATER
WATER 171.5 MLD WASTEWATER
171.5MLD
GENERATED
= 230 MLD
@80% of domestic water CSTP=257 MLD
URBAN FRESH DOMESTIC After 10% losses= 207 MLD

WATER 200MLD WATER 286 MLD
Secondary Treated Water= 111 MLD

RECYCLED 96 MLD
Flushing Water
86 MLD
WATER
96 MLD Tertiary Treated Water
Cooling water, Road/ vehicle

washing, fire fighting, artificial CSTP WATER for Water
lakes & other miscellaneous uses Construction/ Curing Bodies CETP
5 MLD
5 MLD 111 MLD
Fig 8.2: Water Balance for Master Plan 2021: Monsoon
Industrial
Urban Fresh Water (Urban= Residential/ Institutional/
Domestic
Waste
Secondary Treated
Tertiary Treated Recycled
CETP
8.5 Percentage Saving in Water
Table 8.3: Percentage Saving in Water
S. No Particulars Water Demand

(MLD)
1. Industrial water requirement 172
2. Fresh water requirement 200
3. Recycled water requirement (Non- 101
monsoon)
4. Recycled water requirement 96
(monsoon)
5. Total fresh water requirement 371.5 or 372
6. Total water requirement (fresh + 473
recycled) Non monsoon
7. Total water requirement (fresh + 468
recycled) Monsoon
8. Percentage Saving in Water (Non- 21.35%
monsoon)
9. Percentage Saving in Water 20.51%
(monsoon)
9. Sewage Treatment Plan
9.1 Location, Number & Capacity of STP’s

• The rate of water supply has been taken 225 lpcd (residential) & 45 KL per hectre
(industrial) and interception factor has been taken 0.80.
• The total sewage generation is estimated as 230 MLD for 12.7 lakh population.
• Capacity of existing STP is 137 MLD and it is operational and situated near village Kasna.
7 nos. STPs are proposed at different locations of Greater Noida, for future expansion.
• Total STP capacity for population as per Master Plan 2021 = (137+15+20+12+158+25)
=367 MLD
• Different technologies for sewerage treatment plant have been evaluated. SBR technology
for S.T.P. is adopted.
• The treated effluent will be well within the limit set by Central Pollution Control Board
and shall be recycled for low end uses. Surplus treated water shall be discharged into the
river and in agricultural fields.
9.2 Design & Process

The following technologies were considered for designing STP in Greater Noida for Phase III
(2021):
· Activated Sludge Process

· UASB + Post Treatment (Final Polishing Unit or Aerated Lagoons)
· Mobile Media Bed (MMB)
· Waste Stabilization Ponds
· Sequential batch reactor
· Karnal Technology
· Biological Filtration (Trickling Filter) (TF)
· Moving Bed Biofilm Reactor (MBBR)
· Membrane Bio Reactor (MBR)
After thorough analysis of the requirement of GNIDA, efficiency and cost of various technologies,
SBR was proposed.
STP feasibility has been assessed by U.P. Jal Nigam and findings are as discussed below:
Based on need based evaluation and taking into account waste water characteristics, level of
treatment required, cost, economic and future growth pattern of the city, local conditions etc. of the
site, land options for new STPs have been considered and selected, to technologically bring down
the waste water quality to the desired limit as per National River Conservation Directorate (NRCD,
MoEF) discharge standards.
The STPs will be constructed in two phases in the year 2021 and 2031 and can be operated in
modules. The treated water after treatment including disinfection can be reused for irrigation
purpose or discharge into river.
As per local conditions, availability and huge cost of land, efficiency to be achieved to discharge
the treated water into river Hindon and discussion with GNIDA officials, J.K Environment
recommended least land requirement and to get good results, to avoid odour problems, SBR
Technology to be adopted. For SBR, only 0.03 Ha land/MLD of waste water is required. The
discharge for the year 2021 is 367 MLD. The land required for STP is 367 MLD x 0.03 Ha = 11.01
Ha.
Thus, in available land, the Main Pumping Station (MPS), office cum laboratory building and staff
quarters for maintenance staff can be constructed.
Sequential Batch Reactor Technology (SBR) Process
SBR is a cyclic ASP technology, generally used where treated water is to be discharged in rivers,
open channels etc. This technology, other than removal of BOD/ COD, also removes Nitrates.
To solid handling, disposal

or beneficial use
Digestion
Thickening Effluent
Influent
Screening/ SBR Equalization Filtration Disinfection
Grinding
Performance of SBR
Outlet: BOD < 10 mg/l

COD < 50 mg/l
TSS < 30 mg/l
E. Coli < 60-70% removal after chlorination
As the quality of treated effluent is of permissible standards, it will be discharged into river adjoin
STP boundary.
Salient Features of SBR Cyclic Process are given below:
· Each cyclic ASP basin has a definable biological selector volume and operates under a
variable volume with designated and different top and bottom water depths. Each basin is
sequentially & automatically aerated and decanted according to adjustable but repetitive
constant time cycles. The main advantage is that biological processing & solid liquid
separation takes place in the same basin unlike conventional ASP that require two separate
basins and a higher level of process control & operation to achieve similar outlet quality.
· All treatment mechanisms take place efficiently in a single basin as compared to two
separate basins in conventional ASP.
· Cyclic ASP easily handles the variation in the flows (peak, normal & low) and does not
suffer from hydraulic short circulating which is a problem in ASP.
· The system uses floor mounted diffused aeration which is much more efficient than
conventional mechanical surface aerators.
· The common wall construction of cyclic ASP uses regular geometry basins resulting in
reduced footprint & a much more efficient use of available land, typically of the order of
20% or more as compared to other technologies.
· Due to the use of deeper basins & the cyclical aeration sequencing, the oxygen transfer
efficiency is higher and hence the process aeration & mixing of sewage is much more
effective.
· Cyclic Activated Sludge Technology is designed to automatically deliver the right amount
of process oxygen that is required and senses by the metabolic activity of the activated
sludge mass in each cyclic ASP basin. Unlike conventional Activated Sludge Technology,
the system provides the appropriate quantity of process oxygen required with a short
response time & hence makes optimum use of the air blower, thereby minimizing their
power consumption.
· The process is fully aerated; hence foul ordour is not generated.
· The material of construction of equipments in the cyclic ASP basins is typically of stainless
steel (under water parts). Hence, the plant has a longer life with low maintenance.
· The dissolved oxygen (DO) concentration in the basin is constantly monitored & forms the
basis of the control of energy use. At the end of each aeration cycle, the DO concentration
is ramped up so that low DO type sludge bulking is always controlled.
· Due to recirculation of activated sludge & provision of a biological selector zone, the
biomass is exposed to reaction conditions appropriate for the growth of phosphate
accumulating micro-organisms which thus allows biological phosphorus removal to be
achieved.
· Co-current nitrification & denitrification is achieved using cyclic ASP Technology, a factor
that results in less net power use & a lower net yield as waste sludge per kg applied COD
per day.
· Operation of the entire plant can be controlled through PLC system. Hence normal
operation of the plant by operators is avoided.
· The process requires less skilled operational input and supervision than the conventional
ASP.
SBR Technology: Treatment Steps
9.3 Use of wastes: Waste Water & Sludge

The treated effluent will be well within the limit set by Central Pollution Control Board and shall
be recycled for low end uses.
· Waste water generated from residential schemes is being planned to be treated onsite in STP.
GNIDA should ensure the provision of in-house STP for areas equal to or more than 2000 m2
plot area or built up areas equal to or more than 20,000 m2 (which is also a mandatory
environment clearance condition).
· Tertiary treated water will be recycled within the complex for low end uses while secondary
treated water would be collected through the sewer line network provided and sent to CSTP for
further treatment.
· CSTP treated water could be used for construction purposes, road washing, horticulture and
landscape management of city and other public utility services where potable water is not
needed such as HVAC cooling in malls, bus stations, libraries, auditoriums etc.
· CSTP treated water will also be used for construction purposes, whereby, Project Proponents
will obtain CSTP treated water tankers from concerned authority; abstraction of ground water
and its use shall be strictly prohibited for construction purposes.
· Sludge generated from STP/CSTPs, being rich in humus, shall be used for horticultural
purposes.
10. Drainage Pattern
10.1 Analysis through contour plan & slope analysis

District of Gautam Budh Nagar is drained by river Yamuna and its tributaries namely- Hindon
River and Bhuriya nadi. All these drainage ways flow in a southerly or southeasterly course. These
streams generally follow a meandering course through narrow flood plains. The terrain has gentle
slope from northwest to south-east with a gradient of 0.2 m/km. (Source: CGWB report )
The GNIDA planning area is bounded by river Hindon in the east and Yamuna in the west, both
flowing southwards. Apart from these two main rivers, the area has a number of drains, which are
perennial as well as non-perennial in nature. Hence, it is natural that all the drainage channels
follow the northeast to southwest slope. Both Hindon and Yamuna rivers are in mature stage.The
general slope of the area is from eastern side towards river Hindon in the west. The drainage
system has been designed accordingly. Underground drains have been planned in most of the areas.
The Drains are being constructed alongwith the development of sectors. There are large numbers of
ponds with significant area which form the part of the natural drainage system of the area.
10.2 Levels of existing natural drainage system including River Yamuna, River Hindon and
Nalas
The general slope of the area is from eastern side towards river Hindon in the west. General slope
of the area of Greater Noida is flat except local depressions and rises at no. of points. Certain local
depression in North-East of Surajpur Kasna road, which are susceptible to flooding in rains, as the
HFL of the Hindon is 195.83 m at the confluence of River Yamuna & Hindon. Although the area is
now protected from flooding of River Hindon and River Yamuna by virtue of construction of
Allabas bundha along River Hindon and Atta bundha along River Yamuna, still, water logging in
the area occurs during rainy season due to non-disposal of the storm water and afflux created in the
Lohia drain by flood water of these rivers.
In a linear stretch from north west to south west over a distance of 20 km, the level difference is
about 10 m. Even with little undulations, a part of area is sloping towards a lake/ pond in a
depressed area at north of Surajpur-Dadri road, remaining area slopes towards tail end of Lohia
Nala, which emerges from above said lake, to carry spill over, as well as runoff from adjoining
areas. The Lohia drain terminates in Kot escape. Both Lohia drain and Kot escape have been
constructed by the Irrigation Dept. of U.P. The Lohia drain is earthen. The drains are being
constructed along with the development of sectors for Phase-I & Phase II and works have been
proposed to drain out the area at four points in Lohia drain/ nala and 2 points in Kot escape.
As per the original plan, the area taken into Phase-III works, divided into 2 drainage districts as per
contour and natural slope available. Drainage district Zone A covers 11, 12, 13, 15, W11, W13,
W14, W141, W15, W16, W17, W18, W19, and W20 sectors. The drain water of this district will be
discharged into Dasna drain at the nearest available point, from where it will go to River Hindon.
At present Dasna drain is natural Kaccha drain, which will be remodeled as per the requirement to
take out the drain water of the drainage district ‘A’ and proposals for the same are to be framed.
Drainage district zone B covers C1, C3, 14, 16, M1, T1, U, U1, V, W, W1, W2, W3, W4, W5, W6,
W7, W8, W9, W10 & W142. The drain water of this district will be discharged into Lohia lake,
from where it will go to River Hindon through Lohia drain.
As per the revised plans, the new area is called Phase III B (New). This consists of the following
sector.
The area is subdivided into 2 zones A & B. Zone A consist of Sector R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 11, 12,
13, C2, C3 and C4. The entire rain water of this area will go into Dasna drain near crossing of
Ghaziabad mini highway Culvert A& Culvert B. The work of remodeling of Dasna drain is being
done by GNIDA with consent of U.P. Irrigation Department. About 58 cusec of discharge is
coming into it from Ghaziabad side and 32 cusec discharge of this zone will go into it.
The rest of the area comes under zone B and its discharge will go into River Hindon from the drain
proposed near STP. The effluent of STP will also go through it.
In this area, the concept of water harvesting and recharging of underground water has been taken,
which will improve the position of subsoil water of the entire area.
10.3 Highest Flood Levels with Identification of low lying areas & flood prone areas
Greater Noida is located in close proximity to the metropolitan city of Delhi and lies along the
eastern and southeastern boundaries of the Noida. The area also forms part of the Uttar Pradesh
sub-region of NCR. It is an industrial city and important satellite town to Delhi, located on Delhi-
Uttar Pradesh border, situated between the River Yamuna and the River Hindon (TCPO 1992). The
area also forms part of the Uttar Pradesh sub-region of NCR.
The terrain of the area is generally plain with an average elevation of 200 meters above mean sea
level (MSL), having a gradual slope varying between 0.2–0.1% from northeast to southwest.
Flooding of the area is prevented due to the construction of the embankment along the rivers
Yamuna and Hindon. However, the general low level of the site is a constraint for effective storm
water and sewage disposal. For this reason the general sanitary and hygienic condition of the area
is relatively poor. The soil is mostly silt, deposited over a large span of time (Das and Kant
1980,Gupta 2000, Zheng et al. 2008). Silt composition makes it difficult for the rainwater to
percolate through. It induces void’s shrinkages, thereby decreasing the percolation. The
underground water is saline and its mineral contents are high. Existing flood protection measures
do not save the area from extreme floods. As the area is low-lying and almost flat, one cannot
neglect the local flooding scenario that may occur in G. Noida. The area has been experiencing
floods of various magnitudes in the past due to floods in the drainage system of the River Yamuna
and Hindon. The River Yamuna crossed its danger level (fixed at 204.83m) 25 times during the last
33 years (Singh and Singh 2007). Since 1900, it has experienced nine major floods in the years
1924, 1947, 1976, 1978, 1988, 1995, 1999, 2005 and 2010 when the peak level of the Yamuna
River was more than a meter or above. The River Yamuna crossed the danger level of206.93 m at
Hindon Cut (2.66m above the danger level) during the flood occurred on September1995. The
second record peak of 208.20 m was on 27 October 2010. In the recent past, the high magnitude
floods caused misery, loss of life and property to the residents of the low lying areas.
The climate of the area is monsoonal. The temperature ranges between 3° to 46°C, and average
rainfall is approximately 714 mm/annum, over 80% of which falls during the monsoon. July and
August are the wettest months, receiving about 60% of the monsoon season rainfall.
11. Rain Water Harvesting
11.1 Depth of Ground Water Table
The thick unconsolidated sediments occur up to the explored depth of 352.0m in the area. The
underlying basement comprising Delhi Quartzite has been reported to 10 be encountered at 116.4m
depth at Brijbihar Exploratory borehole, 330.0 m at Tila moth and 325.0 m depth at Rajendra
Nagar boreholes in Ghaziabad district (Singh & Srivastava, 1995). The alluvial deposits occur in
Ganga - Yamuna Doab area comprises an aquifer system form good repository of ground water that
occur in granular zones constituted of fine to coarse sand and occasional gravel. Thick clay beds
inter lying with sand act as confining layers and separate the aquifers. The thickness of the
unconsolidated sediments progressively increases towards east.
11.1.1 Occurrence of Ground Water:
Ground water occur under Phreatic conditions in shallow aquifers down to the depth of 100 mbgl,
in intermediate and deeper aquifers it occurs under confined to semi-confined conditions.
11.1.2 Depth to water level:
To monitor the nature of water level and its behavior, ground water monitoring well established in
the district are being monitored four times in a year. Pre-monsoon and post-monsoon water level
data are collected during May and November months respectively. Depth to water level maps for
pre-monsoon and post monsoon periods (Plate-4 & 6) have revealed that the entire area can be
divided into different zones on the basis of depth to water ranges. Fairly a large area has shallow to
moderate depth to water conditions. Water level in phreatic aquifer ranges from 3.35 to 14.40 m
bgl during pre-monsoon period whereas it ranges from 2.00m to 13.95 mbgl during post monsoon
period (Annexure- V). Water levels greater than 9m bgl occur in most of the non-command areas
of the district. Some isolated patches deeper water levels occur in east of Jhajhar (Dankaur Block)
and Dadri area. Deeper water levels (> 9 mbgl) also occur along Yamuna river which perhaps
indicate that the water levels are deepening toward river thus forming the river effluent in nature.
11.1.3 Seasonal Water level fluctuation:
The seasonal water level fluctuation has been computed from the water level data obtained from
the GWM wells monitored in the area during pre-monsoon & post-monsoon period. Fluctuation in
water level is outcome of mainly the amount of rainfall received by the area & ground water draft
taken from the ground water reservoir. Besides many other factors viz. base flow of rivers,
evaporation losses, 11 seepage from canal etc. also control the inflow and outflow of ground water.
Majority of wells show water levels elevated during post monsoon period, the rise in water levels
range between 0.12 to 3.69m. In some wells however, further decline in water levels have been
reported during post monsoon period in the range of 2.76 to .09m. It transpires that such areas have
moderate to low recharge over the ground water draft during the period.
11.1.4 Long Term Water Level Trend:
Long term Water level trend analysis of pre-monsoon and post monsoon data of seven (7) CGWB,
NHS (Period from 1977 to 2006) reveal that out of seven wells considered, three wells situated in
Jewar, Dankaur and Dadri locality show declining trends during pre to post monsoon period which
attributed to the fact that most of these area are semi-urban centers which are heavily depend on
ground water for catering domestic as well as irrigation needs.
11.1.5 Hydrogeological Characteristics of Aquifer:
The ground water structures constructed in the top shallow aquifer are minor irrigation structures
like dug well, dug cum bore wells and shallow tubewells. The State Government has constructed
various tube wells down to a depth of 80m to as much as 350 mbgl. The aquifer parameters have
been determined at various places. The discharge of these structures generally ranges between 8 to
16 lps with moderate drawdown of 3 to 6m, however, a few wells have yielded exceptionally as
high as 500 lps. The coefficient of transmissivity has been determined at Tugalpur Haldona is 1759
m2/day and storage coefficient of 4.84×10 -4
A total seven piezometer, down to 50m depth and one exploratory well at Allabas have been
constructed by CGWB so far in the district. The shallow (50m deep) piezometers constructed show
82 to 100 lpm discharge.
11.2 Soil Characteristics &Permeability
Gautam Budh Nagar district, a part of Ganga-Yamuna Doab in the vicinity of River Yamuna,
forms almost a monotonous plain with occurrence of sand dunes, sandy ridges, ravenous tracts and
depressions close to the river system of Yamuna. At places, close to river ravines are developed in
the form of narrow gullies on land surface due to excessive erosion by surface runoff. Ravines form
a bad land topography along Hindon and Bhuriya Nadi between Bisrakh and Dankaur areas and
also in Jhajhar area. Lenses and beds of Kankar are seen exposed and forms mounds or pinnacles.
The soil ranges from pure sand to stiff clays and including all combination of the two extreme litho
units. The pure sand is called Bhur and clay is called Matiar. The mixture of sand and clay in equal
proportion forms Dumat or loam, a good agriculture soil. Several subcategories of Dumat are
possible depending upon the contents of clay and sand. The bad land patches (Kallor) which are
ingested with Reh at places do not support any vegetation growth. Alluvial soils occurring in flood
plain of rivers is called Kemp which yield good crops. Kankars invariably associated with clay and
at times retards ground water movement. Water level in phreatic aquifer ranges from 3.35 to 14.40
m bgl during pre-monsoon period whereas it ranges from 2.00m to 13.95 mbgl during post
monsoon period.
Fig 11.1: Soil Profile of Gautam Buddha Nagar
11.3 Storm water drainage
The Master Plan for Storm Water has been prepared and the salient features of the plan are as
follows—
♦ In the area proposed for phase-I & II, the ground is sloping from North-east to South-west,
therefore the drainage net work is proposed from North-east to South-west direction and all drains
are connected with the existing Hawalia drain which is ultimately discharging into River Hindon.
Drainage of Phase –III area is proposed to be discharged in Dasna drain and Hawalia drain through
Lohiya lake.
♦ Main drains have been designed as covered brick drains considering rainfall intensity of
1hr. duration-1.65** /hr. occurring once in 2 years, time of concentration – 1 hr, average runoff
coefficient – 0.30, average runoff – 0.50 cusecs/acre. However flooding of roads for
an hour or so may be allowed and drains designed for a runoff of 0.50 cusecs/acre.
♦ Internal drains are proposed pipe drain where required gradient is available or otherwise covered
brick drain. Internal drains have been designed considering rainfall intensity of 30
min. duration 2.5** /hr. occurring once in 2 years, time of concentration – 30 min, average
runoff coefficient – 0.30, average runoff – 1.5 cusecs/acre. However flooding of roads for
an hour or so may be allowed and drains designed for a runoff of 1.0 cusecs/acre.
♦ In the Master plan, ground water recharging structure are also proposed for phase-III, one pond
with infiltration well is proposed in each sector and 30% of storm water is proposed of be
recharged.
The guidelines for Rainwater Harvesting have been prepared as part of Drainage Master
Plan and the salient features are as follows—
♦ In the Master Plan 2021 about 25% area has been planned under Green area. In greenareas,
though water is recharged naturally, Greater Noida has also made suitablerecharge pits. Mainly two
types of bore/recharge pits have been provided which arecapable to take care of 750 m2and 4500
m2 catchment area.
♦ Apart from provision of green belts other suitable measures have been adopted by Greater Noida
for rainwater harvesting at City level. The ponds already existing in thearea have been identified
and are being conserved and maintained properly withoutdisturbing its originality. Enhancing of
ponds capacity by desilting/digging andplantation work around different ponds is being done by
Greater Noida Authority.
♦ At household level Rainwater harvesting has been made mandatory for plots having anarea more
than 100m2.Suitable arrangements are being made by allottees to taprainwater via roof by
channelising the clean water to rainwater recharging pits provideddepending on the size of plots. In
bigger plots industrial, commercial complexes, institutional, group housing etc also rain water
harvesting has been made mandatory in Building Regulations.
In GNIDA area, the following ground water recharge methods are proposed:
1. Ponds with infiltration wells: 1 in each village, near water extraction source and parks.Size
of ponds: 100 x 100 m (5 no. of infiltration wells)
2. Roof top RWH/ Recharge trench
3. Open/ bore well method
4. Percolation Pit method
12. Solid Waste Management
12.1 Solid Waste Generation

Management of solid waste in GNIDA is proposed on the basic aspect of waste
management act and rule notified by Government of India from time to time.According to
these legislature while the management of non-hazardous domestic waste is the joint
responsibility of the citizens and the local government, the management of commercial,
industrial and hazardous waste is the responsibility of the waste generators like commercial
establishments, healthcare establishments, industries and the pollution control boards.
S.No. Content
1. Guideline For E-Waste Management
2 e-waste(Management and Handling) Rules, 2011
3 Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001
4 Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998
5 Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) (Amendment) Rules, 2003
6 Municipal Solid Wastes {Management and Handling) Rules 2000
7 Municipal Solid Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2013
8 Recycled Plastics Manufacture and Usage (Amendment) Rules, 2003
9 Plastic Wastes {Management and Handling) (Amendment) Rules, 2011
10 Hazardous Wastes (Management. Handling and
Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008
Transboundary Movement) Amendment Rules, 2009.
Transboundary Movement) Second Amendment Rules, 2009.
Transboundary Movement) Third Amendment Rules, 2010.
Transboundary Movement) Fourth Amendment Rules, 2010.
Table 12.1: Projected Solid Waste Generation
S. No. Description Data

During Construction Phase
1. Per capita SW generation 0.5 kg per capita per day
2. Total estimated Population 12,700,000
3. Total waste generation 700 Ton/day
4. Considering the fraction of bio-degradable 315 Ton/day
waste as 45 % of total SW generated, total
quantity of bio-degradable waste expected
(for composting)
Table 12.2: Characteristics and frequencies of waste generated

S.I. Activity / Pollutant Pollutant Frequency
Area Characteristics
Development & Construction Phase
1 Site Earth / Solid waste from Periodic
Preparation Solid waste construction activity and
excavation.
2 Labour Solid Waste Solid Waste generated Temporary during the initial
welfare Camps from temporary labour construction phase
camps on site
Functional Phase
3 Maintenance / Solid waste Kitchen, household and Biodegradable &Continuous
Housekeeping garden wastes
Hazardous Paints, emulsions, oil & Occasionally, Negligible
waste biomedical quantities
e-waste Softwares & hardwares Continuous
4 Diesel Hazardous Used Oil Generation Occasional during oil
generators Waste changes
5 Hospitals Biomedical Used needles, Periodic
waste
12.2 Waste and its Management
12.2.1 Solid Waste Management at GNIDA will be divided in to following parts:

· Different types of Waste collection (Primary and Secondary)
· Segregation of waste
· Transportation of waste
· Management of organic waste
· Methodical disposal of waste as recommended by various Acts and guidelines / rules.
· Sweeping of main roads, internal roads, open and green areas
The objective of Solid Waste Management is to maintain clean and hygienic conditions and reduce
the quantity of SW, which has to be disposed of in Sanitary Landfill Facility (SLF) after recovery
of waste materials and energy from it based on 3 R’s Concept.
12.2.2 Population Generating Solid Waste

The Residential colonies, Industrial and Commercial establishment of the G. Noida will be located
on the left bank of the Hindon River. Projected population of G. Noida in 2021 is 12.7 lacs. In
addition to this, lot of visitors, floating population and workers visit every day for commercial and
Industrial purposes. This floating population may also generate Solid Waste.
Number of labourers during construction period will be quite high which will create slums and
after the commissioning of the project the population will reduce substantially.
12.2.3 Total Solid Waste to be generated

The quantity of waste generated in Indian cities reported to be in the range of 0.2-0.6 kg/capita /day
as per the “Manual on Solid Waste Management” prepared by Central Public Health &
Environment Engineering Organisation (CPHEEO), Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of
India. As the major share of the population is middle and upper middle class in G. Noida, the waste
generation factor of 0.5 kg/capita/day has been taken into consideration, however on an average the
overall quantities will be less than this as the actual population of G. Noida in 2011 was 107,676
against the projected population of 6.6 lacs.
12.2.4 Administrative Set Up

Administratively, a Solid Waste Management Committee (SWMC) comprising of the project
representatives will look after the management of solid waste. The SWMC may comprise of the
following:
- In-charge of civil works, at least of the rank of Senior Manager/Manager
- Engineer/Environment Officer
- Supervisors/JEs
- Representative from project hospital
- Representative from project school
The SWMC will be supported by sanitary workers, sweepers etc., the number of which may be
decided by the SWMC after assessing the work requirement.
12.3 Solid Waste Management Plan

An ideal solid waste management system works on four basic principles viz. segregation through
system of bins & primary storage at the source, collection, transportation, treatment & disposal.
12.3.1 Municipal solid waste management
Greater Noida Authority built a plant of RDF pallet formation and composting in village Astoli
area of Greater Noida. Every day, the city produces over 150 tonnes of municipal waste. It is
proposed to have a state-of-the-art municipal solid waste (MSW) management system for the city
with modern imported equipment for fuel-to-energy and composting. Recycling facility will be
semi-mechanized.The system will be having these facility:
· Segregation
· RDF pallet formation and composting
· Landfill site
· 330ft-wide green belts
· Surveillance facility
· Treated water will be used to irrigate the buffer zone of trees
Waste-to-energy (WTE) technology is being mulled over because of the low footprint of the plant.
Around 6-7mw electricity could be generated from the quantity of MSW generated in the two
cities,
a. ExistingRegulatory System:
Ministry of Environment and Forests notified the Municipal Solid Waste (Management and
Handling) Rules, in 2000 which is applicable to every municipal authority responsible for
collection, segregation, storage, transportation, processing and disposal of municipal solid wastes
in the country. The MSWM Rules stipulate specifications source segregation, collection,
transportation, waste processing, disposal and others.
b. Classification of Household waste
Fig 12.1: Classification of Household waste
Table 12.3: Waste Characterisation
Types Wet Dry waste (Non- Hazardous waste

waste(Biodegradable) biodegradable)
Example · Kitchen waste including · Paper and plastic, all · Aerosol cans
food waste of all kinds, kinds · Batteries
· Cleaning
cooked and uncooked, · Cardboard and cartons
chemicals
including eggshells and · Containers of all kinds · Chemical and
bones excluding those solvents and their
· Flower, trimmings and containing hazardous empty container
· Insecticides and
fruit waste including material their empty
juice peels and house- · Packaging of all kinds containers
plant waste · Glass of all kinds · Light bulbs, tube-
lights and
· Garden sweeping or · Metals of all kinds compact
yard waste consisting of · Rags, rubber fluorescent lamps
green/dry leaves · House sweeping (dust (CFL)
· Sanitary wastes · Paints, oils,
etc.) lubricants, glues,
· Green waste from · Ashes thinners
vegetable & fruit · Foils, wrappings, · Pesticides and
herbicide
vendors/shops pouches, sachets and · Biomedical waste
· Waste from food & tea tetra packs (rinsed)
stalls/shops etc. · Discarded electronic
items from offices,
colonies viz. cassettes,
computer diskettes,
printer cartridges and
electronic parts.
· Discarded clothing,
furniture and
equipment
Color of Green Blue Black
Container
/ bag
Capacity 10 liters 10-12 liters 5-10 liters
c. Systems for collection of waste
· Door to door collection system

· Time schedule will be maintained
· Provision of bell or whistle to avoid the lead time in collection.
· Closed vehicle for collection
· Separate containers for waste in collecting vehicles to avoid any mix up.
· Adequate no. of sweepers/ waste collector as per the density population residing.
· Procurement of propertools for the sweepers / waste collector.
· Open drains will be scheduled for cleaning in thrice in a month and closed drain will be
cleaned quarterly.
· Connecting drain will be cleaned on daily basis.
· Silt removal and transportation will be scheduled along with drain cleaning.
· The community bins of size 0.5 m3 are to be lifted manually and unloaded into the
containers kept in the transportation vehicles .Transportation vehicles will be covered.
· The shortest possible and straight route to the site earmarked for village Astoli.
· Supervisor of the company who will be hired for waste handling will be responsible for
proper disposal. He will take care for ceremonial dumping of waste to the proper place.
However, the waste in tractor trolley has to be covered with LDPE sheet during its
transport.
d. Treatment & Disposal of Waste
With the implementation of source segregation and door-to-door collection system,
processing of the waste would be easier. SWMC shall invite interested parties who can take
the segregated waste and establish suitable waste processing plant (Composting Plant). The
rejects from the processing plant and non-recyclable and other wastes would be disposed off
in sanitary landfill facility.
The quantity of total Solid Waste has been estimated in Table 12.4
Table 12.4: Quantities of SW & Biodegradable Waste
S. No. Description Data
During Construction Phase
5. Per capita SW generation 0.5 kg per capita per day
6. Total estimated Population 12,700,000
7. Total waste generation 700 Ton/day
8. Considering the fraction of bio-degradable 315 Ton/day
waste as 45 % of total SW generated, total
quantity of bio-degradable waste expected
(for composting)
In GNIDA for biodegradable part of Solid Waste, a modular Composting Plant is proposed to
be planned. The final products are nitrogen-rich manure, to be used on gardens, and methane
gas, which can be used for heating or electricity.
e. Measures for Improving Solid Waste Management System

1. Refuse, Reduce, Reuse and Recyclewaste.
2. Refusal of all the material thatcannot be reused and recycled. Reduction of plastic waste
by use of newspaper bags, ands jute, cotton bags. All the waste that can be recycled will
be given to the appropriatevendors.
3. The GNIDA will take sufficient precautions for developing system for sewage treatment
in the labour and worker colonies. The project authorities will ensure proper waste
disposal by adopting various disposal methods like incineration, composting, etc.
4. Sweeping of Streets, Public Spaces & Drain Cleaning.
12.3.2 Hazardous Waste Management Hazardous waste is any unwanted material the disposal of
which poses a threat to the environment, i.e. it is explosive, flammable, oxidising,
poisonous/infectious, radioactive, corrosive and/or toxic/ecotoxic.Hazardous wastes, which
may be in solid, liquid or gaseous form, may cause danger to health or environment, either
alone or when in contact with other wastes. Hazardous wastes can be identified by the
characteristics that they exhibit viz., ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity.
a. Existing Regulatory Framework:

The Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989, notified under the
Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and subsequent amendments in 2000, 2003, 2008 and
2009 as the Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement)
Rules, regulate management of hazardous wastes generated within the country as well as
export/import of such wastes. These rules refer to effective management of hazardous
waste, mainly solids, semi-solids and other industrial wastes, which do not c ome under the
purview of Water and Air Act (Prevention and Control of Pollution).
Type of Hazardous Wastes

Recyclable Hazardous Incinerable Hazardous Landfill Hazardous Wastes
Wastes Wastes
Batteries Bionedical waste Pesticides
The processes of inventorisation of hazardous wastes generating industries and quantification of

hazardous wastes in G. Noida are in progress.
The coverage of hazardous wastes as per MoEF Notification issued on 24th September,
2008 includes:
· Wastes listed in Column 3 of Schedule I
· Wastes having constituents listed in Schedule II, if their concentration is equal to or more than
the limit indicated in the said schedule
· Wastes listed in List ‘A’, and ‘B’ of Schedule III (Part-A) applicable only in case(s) of
import and export of hazardous wastes in accordance with to Rules 12, 13 and 14 if they
possess any of the hazardous characteristics listed in Part-B of Schedule III.
b. Storage facilities
· The storage area will have a proper containment system with a collection area to collect and
remove any leak, spill or precipitation
· No open storage will be permissible and the designated hazardous waste storage area will have
proper enclosures, including safety requirements
· The waste collector / transporter shall collect six copies of the manifest as per the colour codes
indicated below:
Ø Copy 1 (White) Forwarded to the Pollution Control Board by theindustrial unit
Ø Copy 2 (Light yellow) Signed by the transporter and retained by theindustrial unit
Ø Copy 3 (Pink) Retained by the operator of the landfill site
Ø Copy 4 (Orange) Returned to the transporter by the operator of thelandfill site after
accepting waste
Ø Copy 5 (Green) Forward to Pollution Control Board by theoperator of landfill site after
disposal
Ø Copy 6 (Blue) Returned to the industrial unit by the operator oflandfill site after disposal
· Proper stacking and labeling of drums with wooden frames will be practiced
· Incase of spills/leaks, cotton will be used for cleaning instead of water
· Signboards showing precautionary measures to be taken in case of normal and emergency
situations will be displayed at appropriate locations.
· Manual operations with in storage area are will be avoided to the extent possible. In case of
personnel use, proper precautions will be taken, particularly during loading /unloading of
liquid hazardous waste in drums
c. Transportation Requirement
· Vehicle used for transportation will be in accordance with the provisions under the Motor
Vehicles Act, 1988, and rules made there under.
· Valid authorization from the concerned SPCB/PCC for transportation of wastes by the
waste generator and operator of a facility and Pollution under Control Certificate” (PUCC)
during the transportation of HW written “hazardous waste” with symbol.
· Mechanical handling equipment
· ̇Emergency phone numbers and TREM Card in Form 10 of HW (M&H) Rules, 1989 and
as amended shall be displayed properly.
· Vehicle will be fitted with roll-on/roll-off covers
· Each vehicle will carry first-aid kit, spill control equipment and fire extinguisher.
· HW transport vehicle shall run only at a speed specified under Motor Vehicles Act in order
to avoid any eventuality during the transportation of HW.
· Driver(s) shall be properly trained for handling the emergency situations and safety aspects
involved in the transportation of hazardous wastes.
· The design of the trucks shall be such that there is no spillage during transportation
Recommendation for Industries

· Standards Operating Procedures (SOPs) for Handling, Storage, Collection and Transportation
should be displayed.
· Implementation and Certification of OHSAS: 18001 2008 (Occupational Health & safety
Assessment Series) and ISO: 14001 2004 (EMS) at site.
· Identification of plausible Hazard and hazardous Substances associated with Industries.
· Mitigation Measures based on Primary Hazard Analysis (PHA) and Consequence analysis.
· Comprehensive study and analysis of HIRA model (Hazard Identification and Risk Analysis
(HIRA) or HAZOP (Hazard Operability Study) or HAZEN at site.
· Preparation of Onsite Emergency Action Plan/Onsite Disaster Management Plan
· Training of ISO documentation, Fire Fighting & First Aid
· MOC Drill & Pep talk etc during operation at site (Construction sector)
· Elaboration of Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) management system
12.3.3 Construction & Demolition Waste
Waste is generated at different stages of construction process like excessive cement mix or
concrete left after work is over, rejection/ demolition caused due to change in design or wrong
workmanship etc.
a. Table 12.5: Different type of waste generated
Source Amount Example
waste generation during excavation produce topsoil, clay, sand,
stone and gravel
waste generation during construction 40 to 60 Kg. per sq. m · bricks and masonry
· pipes, light sheet timber
and metallic
instruments.
waste generation renovation/ repair 40 to 50 kg/sq. m. · form of pipes, conduits,
work and light sheet material
used in ventilation
system, wires, and
sanitary fittings and as
reinforcement
· Timber
waste generation demolition waste 500 & 300 kg/ sq.m · bricks and masonry
· form of pipes, conduits,
and light sheet material
used in ventilation
system, wires, and
sanitary fittings and as
reinforcement
Table 12.6: Wastes produced by building construction industry
S.N Constituents Quantity of waste generated

(tonnes per anum)
1. Soil, sand and Gravel 4.20 to 5.14
2. Bricks and Masonry 3.60 to 4.40
3. Concrete 2.40 to 3.67
4. Metals 0.60 to 0.73
5. Bitumen 0.25 to 0.30
6. Wood 0.25 to 0.30
7. Others 0.10 to 0.15
Source: Construction Manual, MoEF
b. Management of C& D Waste
· Separation of C&D waste will be promoted at source.

· Separate storage of C&D waste for different categories of generators
· Disposal of only the portion which cannot be gainfully used and
· Further gainful utilization of waste will be formulized,
1. as inert fill material for low lying areas, landscaping

2. processed C&D waste for road and embankment construction
3. finer grade into blocks and slabs with appropriate binder
4. The debris generated will be sold at places requiring leveling or compaction.
12.3.4 Biomedical Waste
Common producers of biomedical waste include hospitals, health clinics, nursing homes, medical
research laboratories, offices of physicians, dentists, and veterinarians, home health care,
and funeral homes.
The amount of infectious waste is around 25% and non infectious wastes constitute nearly 75%. In
the absence of proper segregation, the non-infectious waste becomes infectious and poses
environmental threat to the society. An inappropriate treatment and disposal can spread infectious
diseases like tuberculosis, hepatitis, enteric fever, HIV infection, or even AIDS.
a. Existing regulatory mechanism.

Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) notified Bio-medical Waste (Management &
Handling) Rules (BMWM Rules), in year 1998 under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 for
safe handling, segregation, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of bio-medical waste
generated from the Health Care Establishments (HCEs)/Health Care Facilities (HCFs). These Rules
were amended in 2000 and 2003 so as to fill the gaps as felt necessary at that time. These Rules are
comprehensive and have stipulated duties for every bio-medical waste generator, occupier,
transporter and CTF operator to maintain source separated waste, pack, store, treat and dispose
these wastes as per the laid down provisions. The State Pollution Control Board (SPCB)/ Pollution
Control Committee (PCC) have been notified as the prescribed authority for implementing the
provisions of these Rules in the respective States/UTs.
Table 12.7: Bio Medical Waste Disposal
Color Coding Types of Container Waste Category Treatment Option
Yellow Plastic Bags Human anatomical/ Animal Incineration
waste
Red Disinfected container/ Microbiology and Autoclaving/
Plastic Bag Biotechnology, Soiled and Microwaving/
Solid waste Chemical Treatment
Blue Plastic bag/ puncture Waste Sharps, Solid Waste Autoclaving/
proof container Microwaving/
Chemical Treatment
and Shredding
Black Plastic bag Discarded medicines and Disposable secured
cytotoxic drugs, Incineration landfill
ash, chemical waste
b. Mitigative measures
Mitigation measures for biomedical waste generated from hospitals shall be:
· Disposal of biomedical waste should be as per Bio-medical Wastes (Management and
Handling) Rules, 1998
· Authorized vendors to be appointed by GNIDA/SPCB/CMO.
· Job rotation and PPE to workers in zone of influence.
· Strict vigilance and severe penalties to defaulters.
· Introduction of Common Biomedical Waste Treatment Facility.
c. Common Bio-medical Waste Treatment Facility (CBWTF)
The Common Bio-medical Waste Treatment Facility (CBWTF), a set up where bio-medical waste,
generated from a number of healthcare units, is imparted necessary treatment to reduce adverse
effects that this waste may pose will have following facility
1. Incineration:
It is a controlled combustion process where waste is completely oxidized and harmful
microorganisms present in it are destroyed/ denatured under high temperature.
2. Autoclaving/ Microwaving/ Hydroclaving

· Autoclaving is a low-heat thermal process where steam is brought into direct contact with
waste in a controlled manner and for sufficient duration to disinfect the wastes
· In microwaving, microbial inactivation occurs as a result of the thermal effect of
electromagnetic radiation spectrum lying between the frequencies 300 and 300,000 MHz.
· Hydroclaving is similar to that of autoclaving except that the waste is subjected to indirect
heating by applying steam in the outer jacket.
3. Shredder
Shredding is a process by which waste are de-shaped or cut into smaller pieces so as to make the
wastes unrecognizable. It helps in prevention of reuse of bio-medical waste and also acts as
identifier that the waste has been disinfected and is safe to dispose off.
4. Sharp pit/ Encapsulation

A sharp pit or a facility for sharp encapsulation shall be provided for treated sharps. An option may
also be worked out for recovery of metal from sharps in a factory.
5. Vehicle/Container Washing Facility:

Every time a vehicle is unloaded, the vehicle and empty waste containers shall be washed properly
and disinfected. It can be carried out in an open area but on an impermeable surface and liquid
effluent so generated shall be collected and treated in an effluent treatment plant. The impermeable
area shall be of appropriate size so as to avoid spillage of liquid during washing.
6. Effluent Treatment Plant

A suitable Effluent Treatment Plant shall be installed to ensure that liquid effluent generated during
the process of washing containers, vehicles, floors etc. is disposed after treatment. The treated
effluent shall comply with the stipulated regulatory requirements.
12.3.5 e- Waste
E-waste comprises of wastes generated from used electronic devices and house hold appliances
which are not fit for their original intended use and are destined for recovery, recycling or disposal.
Such wastes encompasses wide range of electrical and electronic devices such as computers, hand
held cellular phones, personal stereos, including large household appliances such as refrigerators,
air conditioners etc.

a. Existing Regulatory mechanism:
In year 2011 e-waste (management & handling) rules, 2011 was published for managing e-waste
that is seen as a major future problem, guidelines for “Environmentally Sound Management of E-
waste” has been brought out suggesting treatment options and adoption of environmentally sound
e-waste treatment technologies
b. Types of e-waste:
Environmentally sound management of e-waste means taking all steps required to ensure that e-
waste are managed in a manner which shall protect health and environment against any adverse
effects, which may result from hazardous substance contained insuch wastes:
1. electrical andelectronic equipment' meansequipment which isdependent on electric currents
orelectro-magnetic fieldstobefullyfunctional;
2. 'e-waste'meanswasteelectrical andelectronic equipment, wholeorinpartor rejects from
theirmanufacturing andrepairprocess, whichareintendedto be discarded;
c. E-waste Composition and Recycle Potential

The consumption of e-waste and its recyclable potential is specific for each appliance. In
order to handle this complexity, the parts/materials found in e-waste may be divided broadly
into six categories as follows:
· Iron and steel, used for casings and frames
· Non-ferrous metals, especially copper usedin cables, and aluminum
· Glass used for screens, windows
· Plastic used as casing, in cables and for circuit boards
· Electronic components
· Others (rubber, wood, ceramic etc.).
Categories of electrical and electronic equipment coveredunder S chedu le 1 o f t he E- wa st e

R u les 201 1
· Telex Information technology and telecommunication equipment:
· Telephones Centralised dataprocessing:
· Paytelephones
Mainframes, Minicomputers
· Cordless telephones
Personal computing
· Cellular telephones Personal Computers (Central Processing Unit with input and
· Answering systems output devices)
· Computers Laptop Computers(Central Processing Un~
· Notepad Computers withinputandoutputdevices) Notebook
Printers including cartridges
Copying equipment
Electrical andelectronic typewriters

d. Recycling, Reuse and Recovery Options
In the process of recycling or recovery, certain e-waste fractions act as secondary raw material for
recovery of valuable items.The recycle and recovery includes the following unit operations.
1. Refurbishment and reuse:

Refurbishment and reuse of e-waste has potential for those used electrical and electronic
equipments which can be easily refurbished to put to its original use.
2. Recycling/ recovery of valuable materials

Ferrous metals in electrical are furnaces, non-ferrous metals in smelting plants, precious metals in
separating works.
3. Treatment/disposal of dangerous materials and waste

Shredder light fraction is disposed of in landfill sites or sometimes incinerated (expensive), CFC’s
are treated thermally, PCB is incinerated or disposed of in underground storages, Hg is often
recycled or disposed of in underground landfill sites. The potential treatment disposal options
based on the composition are given below:
1. Landfilling
2. Incineration
e. Environmentally sound E-waste treatment technologies

Environmentally sound e-waste treatment technologies are used at three levels as described below:
1stLevel Treatment
1. Decontamination: Removal of all liquids and Gases
2. Dismantling -manual/mechanized breaking
3. Segregation of ferrous metal, non-ferrous metal and plastic
2ndLevel Treatment
1. Hammering
2. Shredding
3. Special treatment Processes comprising of
(i) CRT treatment consisting of separation of funnels and screen glass.
(ii) Electromagnetic separation
(iii)Eddy current separation
(iv) Density separation using water
The output from the 2 nd level treatment technology is given below:

· Ferrous metal scrap (secondary raw material)
· Non ferrous metal scrap mainly copper and aluminum
· Precious metal scrap mainly silver, gold, palladium
· Plastic consisting ofsortedplastic, plastic withflameretardants and plastic mixture
· Glass fraction (secondary raw material)
· Lead (Secondary raw material)
3rdLevel E-waste Treatment
Input/ WEEE UnitOperation/Disposal/ Output

Residues Recycling Technique
Sorted Plastic Recycling Plastic Product
Plastic Mixture Energy Recovery/ Energy Recovery
Incineration
Plastic Mixture with FR Incineration Energy Recovery
CRT Breaking/ Recycling Glass Cullet
Lead Smelting Secondary Lead Smelter Lead
Ferrous metal scrap Secondary steel/ iron Iron
recycling
Non Ferrous metal Secondary copper and Copper/ Aluminum
Scrap aluminum smelting
Precious Metals Au/ Ag separation (refining) Gold/Silver/ Platinum
and Palladium
Batteries (Lead Acid/ Lead recovery and smelting Lead
NiMHand LiION) Remelting and separation
CFC Recovery/ Reuse and CFC/ Energy
Incineration recovery
Oil Recovery/ Reuse and Oil recovery/ energy
Incineration
Capacitors Incineration Energy recovery
Mercury Separation and Distillation Mercury
Role of GNIDA
The GNIDA authority will play an important role as a facilitator for all types of waste:
a. It will provide a common platform for the industries for waste management related issues.
b. Identification of landfill site for disposal of hazardous waste and facilitate development of
secured landfill site.

c. The financial aspects of development and maintenance of secured landfill site will be taken
care by GNIDA by-laws.
d. It will make arrangements for ‘pick-up service’ of construction debris/waste and
subsequent transportation and disposal through private agencyGNIDA.
e. GNIDA will arrange for the taxes and fines as per their by-laws.
f. Creating awareness in residents and industries.
g. Educating people on the systems for the all segments of people living over there.
h. Regulatory body of GNIDA will formulate Guidingcharter to facilitate implementation of
these systems.
i. Collection offee and taxes and enforcement of penalty for violation.
j. Bring togetherresidents and workers for periodical review with to address issues and
concerns of various interest groups.

13. Power
13.1 Provision for Conservation & Energy Efficiency
Noida Power Company Limited distributes power in Greater Noida. The Company is a joint
venture between the RP-Sajiv Goenka Group, a leading business house in India and Greater
Noida Industrial Development Authority, an autonomous body of U.P. Government
responsible for town planning and infrastructure development. The venture marks the
strategic entry of the Group into privatized distribution of electricity in North India.
The Company started its operations in December 1993 under a 30-year license from U.P.
Government.
During the operation phase of the project, electric supply will be provided from Noida Power
Corporation Ltd. The development of various residential projects will put a pressure on
energy resources.
• As per plan 2021, the Peak demand has been worked out to be 2080 MVA. The present peak
demand of Greater Noida is 280 MVA.
To meet this peak demand total 11 Nos. 220/33KV Substations having capacity of
2X100MVA, each and 104 Nos. 33/11KV Substations shall be required to be commissioned
in phases as per load demand envisaged.
To promote energy conservation, it is proposed to provide the buildings with low energy
consuming fixtures maximize availability of natural light and make plans in conformance to
the sun’s path.
· Water heating should be encouraged by using solar heaters.

· LED Street lighting should be 50% and solar lighting should be done in public area like
parks etc.
· Use of LED’s should be encouraged by providing subsidy on these lights
· Maximization of use of natural lighting through building design.
· Passive solar cooling, utilizing building shading through overhangs
· Public areas will be cooled by natural ventilation as opposed to air conditioning.
· Replacement of diesel based gen sets with biofuel or biogas ones
· Promoting use of Solar panels for electricity generation

· Use low voltage lighting.
· Promoting awareness on energy consumption
· New construction or modernization of existing infrastructure to be in conformity to NBC,
ECBC & GRIHA building codes.
· Planned load shedding
13.2 Application of Renewable Energy
In the past ten years, installation of renewable energy for electricity has grown at an annual
rate of 25 per cent. It has reached 30,000 MW as of January 2014. During this period, wind
power installation has grown ten times and solar energy has grown from nothing to 2,500
MW. Currently, renewable energy accounts for about 12 per cent of the total electricity
generation capacity and contributes about 6 per cent of the electricity produced in the
country. Renewables, therefore, produce more than twice the amount of electricity produced
by all nuclear power plants in the country. In 2012-13, the electricity produced by renewables
was equivalent to meeting the per capita annual electricity requirement of about 60 million
people. (Down to Earth Feb’2014)
Buildings should be designed to meet occupant’s need for thermaland visual comfort at
reduced levels energy & resources consumption. Energyresource efficiencyin new
constructionscan be effected by adopting anintegrated approach to building design. The
primary steps in this approachwould be to:
1. Incorporate solar passive techniques in a building design to minimise load

onconventional systems (heating, cooling, ventilation and lighting) Passivesystems
provide thermal and visual comfort by using natural energysources and sinks e.g. solar
radiation, outside air, sky, wet surfaces, vegetation,internalgains etc.Energy flowsin these
systems are by naturalmeanssuchas by radiation,conduction,convectionwith minimal or
no use ofmechanicalmeans.
Thesolar passivesystems thus,varyfrom one climatetothe other e.g.in a cold climatean
architects’aim wouldbe design abuildingin such a way that solar gains are
maximised,butin a hot climatehisprimaryaim wouldbe to reduce solar gains,maximise
naturalventilationand so on.
2. Design energy-efficient lighting and HVAC systems (heating, ventilation andair-
conditioning) Once the passive solar architectural concepts are appliedto a design,the load
on conventionalsystems (HVACand lighting)isreduced.

Further,energy conservationis possible by judicious design oftheartificiallighting and
HVACsystem using energy efficient equipments,controlsand operationstrategies.
3. Use renewable energy systems (solar photovoltaic systems/ solar water heatingsystems)
to meet a part of building load The pressure on the earth’s non-renewable resources can
be alleviated by judicious use of earth’s renewableresources i.e. solar energy. Use solar
energy for meeting electrical needsfor a building can further reduce consumption of
conventional forms ofenergy.
4. Use low energy materials and methods of construction and reduce transportationenergy
An architect also should aim at efficient structural design, reductionof use of high energy
building material(glass,steel etc.) and transportationenergy and use of lowenergy
buildingsmaterials.
5. Minimise heat and maximise energy savings by selecting materials that exhibit high
reflectivity and high emissivity is a good power saving option. Providing green roofs or
using highly reflective materials over roof reducesthe heat island effect. Typical materials
with high reflective properties include china mosaic, whitecement tiles, paints with high
Solar Reflective Index (SRI) values, etc.,
The commonly considered design elements for achieving lower energy consumption in a
building are as follows.
Landscaping
Landscaping is an important element in altering the microclimate of a place. Proper
landscaping reduces direct sun from striking and heating up of building surfaces. It prevents
reflected light carrying heat into a building from the ground or other surfaces. Landscaping
creates different airflow patterns and can be used to direct or divert the wind advantageously
by causing a pressure difference. Additionally, the shade created by trees and the effect of
grass and shrubs reduce air temperatures adjoining the building and provide evaporative
cooling.
Properly designed roof gardens help to reduce heat loads in a building. A study shows that
the ambient air under a tree adjacent to the wall is about 2 °C to 2.5 °C lower than that for
unshaded areas, which reduces heat gain by conduction (www.greenbuilder.com).
Trees are the primary elements of an energy-conserving landscape. Climatic requirements
govern the type of trees to be planted. Planting deciduous trees on the southernside of a
building is beneficial in a compositeclimate.
Deciduous plants such as mulberry or Champa cut off direct sun during summer, and as these
trees shed leaves in winter, they allow the sun to heat the buildings in winter.
Orientation
Building orientation is a significant design consideration, mainly with regardto solar radiation
and wind.In predominantly cold regions, buildings should be oriented to maximizesolar gain;

the reverse is advisable for hot regions. In regions where seasonalchanges are very
pronounced, both the situations may arise periodically. Fora cold climate, an orientation
slightly east of south is favoured (especially 15°east of south), as this exposes the unit to
more morning than afternoon sunand enables the house to begin to heat during the day.
Building envelope and fenestration

The building envelope and its components are key determinants of theamount of heat gain
and loss and wind that enters inside. The primary elementsaffecting the performanceof a
building envelopeare
(a)Materials and construction techniques,
(b) Roof,
(c) Walls,
(d) Fenestration and shading, and
(e) Finishes.
Roof
The roof receives significant solar radiation and plays an important role in heat gain/losses,
daylighting, and ventilation. Depending on the climatic needs proper roof treatment is very
essential. In a hot region, the roof should have enough insulating properties to minimize heat
gains. Some roof protection methods are as follows
· A cover of deciduous plants or creepers can be provided.Evaporation from leaf
surfaces will keep the rooms cool.
· The entire roof surface can be covered with inverted earthen pots. It is also an
insulating cover of still air over the roof.
· A removable cover is an effectiveroof-shading device. This can be mounted close to
the roof in the dayand can be rolled up to permit radiative cooling at night.The upper
surface of the canvas should be painted white to minimize the radiation absorbed by
the canvas and consequent conductive heat gain through it.
Shading devices
Heat gain through windows is determined by the overall heat loss coefficient U-value
(W/m2K) and the solar energy gain factor, and is much higher as compared to that through
solid wall. Shading devices for windows and walls thus moderate heat gain into the building.
Shading devices are of various types:

1. Moveable opaque (roller blind, curtains, etc): These can be highly effective in reducing
solar gains but eliminate view and impede air movement.
2. Louvres: May be adjustable or fixed. These affect view and air movementto some degree.

3. Fixed overhangs.
Solar Water Heating Systems (Source: MNRE)
We are blessed with Solar Energy in abundance at no cost. The solar radiationincident on the
surface of the earth can be conveniently utilized for the benefit of humansociety. One of the
popular devices that harness the solar energy is solar hot watersystem (SHWS).
A solar water heater consists of a collector to collect solar energy and an insulated storage
tank to store hot water. The solar energy incident on the absorber panel coatedwith selected
coating transfers the hat to the riser pipes underneath the absorber panel. The water passing
through the risers get heated up and are delivered the storage tank. There-circulation of the
same water through absorber panel in the collector raises thetemperature to 8 0C (Maximum)
in a good sunny day. The total system with solarcollector, storage tank and pipelines is called
solar hot water system.
Broadly, the solar water heating systems are of two categories. They are: closed loop system
and open loop system. In the first one, heat exchangers are installed toprotect the system
from hard water obtained from borewells or from freezingtemperatures in the cold regions.
In the other type, either thermosyphon or forcedcirculation system, the water in the system is
open to the atmosphere at one point orother. The thermosyphon systems are simple and
relatively inexpensive. They aresuitable for domestic and small institutional systems,
provided the water is treated andpotable in quality. The forced circulation systems employ
electrical pumps to circulatethe water through collectors and storage tanks.
The choice of system depends on heat requirement, weather conditions, heattransfer fluid
quality, space availability, annual solar radiation, etc. The SHW systems are economical,
pollution free and easy for operation in warm countries like ours.
Based on the collector system, solar water heaters can be of two types.
Flat Plate Collectors (FPC) based Solar Water Heaters
The solar radiation is absorbed by Flat Plate Collectors which consist of an insulated outer
metallic box covered on the top with glass sheet. Inside there are blackened metallic absorber
(selectively coated) sheets with built in channels or riser tubes to carry water. The absorber
absorbs the solar radiation and transfers the heat to the flowing water. There are 60 BIS
approved manufacturers of Solar Flat Plate Collectors.

Evacuated Tube Collectors (ETC) based Solar Water Heaters
Evacuated Tube Collector is made of double layer borosilicate glass tubes evacuated for
providing insulation. The outer wall of the inner tube is coated with selective absorbing
material. This helps absorption of solar radiation and transfers the heat to the water which
flows through the inner tube. There are 44 MNRE approved ETC based solar water heating
suppliers.
Solar water heating is now a mature technology. Wide spread utilization of solar water
heaters can reduce a significant portion of the conventional energy being used for heating
water in homes, factories and other commercial and institutional establishments.
Internationally the market for solar water heaters has expanded significantly during the last
decade.
Fig 13.1: Flat plate collector (FPC) based solar water heater

Fig 13.2: Evacuated tube collector (ETC) based solar water heater
Salient Features of Solar Water Heating System
Solar Hot Water System turns cold water into hot water with the help of sun’s rays.
· Around 60 deg. – 80 deg. C temperatures can be attained depending on solar

radiation, weather conditions and solar collector system efficiency
· Hot water for homes, hostels, hotels, hospitals, restaurants, dairies, industries etc.
· Can be installed on roof-tops, building terrace and open ground where there is no
shading, south orientation of collectors and over-head tank above SWH system
· SWH system generates hot water on clear sunny days (maximum), partially clouded
(moderate) but not in rainy or heavy overcast day
· Only soft and potable water can be used
· Stainless Steel is used for small tanks whereas Mild Steel tanks with anti-corrosion
coating inside are used for large tanks
· Solar water heaters (SWHs) of 100-300 litres capacity are suited for domestic
application.
· Larger systems can be used in restaurants, guest houses, hotels, hospitals, industries
etc.
Fuel Savings :

A 100 litres capacity SWH can replace an electric geyser for residential use andsaves 1500
units of electricity annually.
Avoided uitility cost on generation

The use of 1000 SWHs of 100 litres capacity each can contribute to a peak loadshaving of 1
MW.
Environmental benefits
A SWH of 100 litres capacity can prevent emission of 1.5 tonnes of carbondioxideper year.
Life: 15-20 years

Approximatecost: Rs.15000-20,000 for a 100 litres capacitysystemand Rs.110-150 per
installed litre for higher capacity systems
Payback period: 3-4 years when electricity is replaced

4-5 years when furnace oil is replaced
5-6 years when coal is replaced
Though the initial investment for a solar water heater is high compared to available
conventional alternatives, the return on investment has become increasingly attractive with
the increase in prices of conventional energy. The pay back period depends on the site of
installation, utilization pattern and fuel replaced.
13.3 Application of Energy Conservation Building Code

Architectural Design
§ Public areas must be cooled by natural ventilation as opposed to air conditioning.
§ Maximization of use of natural lighting and achieve minimum glazing factor through
building design.
§ Passive solar cooling, utilizing building shading through overhangs.
§ Ensure that building envelope measures (Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC), Window
Glazing U-value, and Overall Roof Assembly U-value) meet the baseline criteria of
ECBC/IGBC/GRIHA.
§ Ensure that the interior, exterior, common and parking area lightening power densities
(LPD) meet the baseline values through ‘building area method’ (Ref ECBC)
§ Design the building to eliminate or minimize tobacco smoke pollution in
common/public areas.
§ Longest sides of the building must face towards the north-south, appropriately designed
windows to ensure day lightening, double height roof, etc.

§ Design of openable areas (doors or windows), in all regularly occupied spaces of each
dwelling unit providing adequate air ventilation.
§ Design of exhaust systems in kitchen and bathrooms providing adequate fresh air
ventilation.
§ Adequate cross ventilation in design.
§ Proper landscaping reduces direct sun from striking and heating up of building surfaces.
§ Roadside plantation must be done. It helps in reducing heat island effect.
The U-values of the roof, external wall and fenestration of the building will meet the
requirements as specified in the Energy
Table 13.1: Conservation Building Code (ECBC)
S.No. Component Material Used Permissible U-Value as per ECBC

(W/m2-0C)
1 Roof Concrete 0.409
2 External wall Brick 0.44
3 Fenestration Glass Facade 3.3
Heat transfer co-efficient (in Btu/hr. sq.ft. Deg F) are as under:
• Exposed brick wall: 0.07
• Shaded slab (non insulated): 0.40
• Insulated shaded slab: 0.12
• Ceiling (non insulated): 0.48
• Ceiling (insulated): 0.12
• Floor (insulated): 0.12
• Floor (non insulated): 0.48

14. Biological Environment
14.1 Existing Flora, Fauna of the Area

Floral diversity of the area- The vegetation of the area is open scrub forest and because of
urbanization it is surrounded by some planted species. The dominant species are Babool
(Acacia nilotica), Vilayati Babool (Prosopis juliflora), Neem (Azadirachta indica), Gulmohar
(Delonix ragia), Safeda (Eucalyptus), Carrot grass (Parthenium sp.), Amaltas (Cassia fistula),
Dhatura (Datura alba), Arandi (Ricinus communis), Ber (Zyziphus jujuba), Bougainvillia
globra, Peepal (Ficus religiosa), Shisham (Dalbergia sissoo), Bottle palm(Hyophorbe
lagenicaulis), Bottle brush(Callistemon citrinus), etc. The prominent grass species is Cynodon
dactylon.
Table 14.1: List of Plants including Herbs, Shrubs and Trees
Sr. No. Local Names Botanical Names

Trees
1 Babool Acacia nilotica
2 Vilayati babool Prosopis juliflora
3 Neem Azadirachta indica
4 Safeda Eucalyptus tereticornis
5 Ber Zyziphus sp.
6 Peepal Ficus religiosa
7 Bottle palm Beaucarnea recurvata
8 Amaltas Cassia fistula
9 Shisham Dalbergia sissoo
10 Bottle brush Callistemom citrinus
11 Carrot grass Parthenium sp.
12 Gulmohar Delonix regia
13 Oak Quercus incana
Shrubs
14 Raat rani Cestrum Nocturnum
15 Gurhal Hibiscus rosa sinensis
16 Bougainvillia Bougainvillia globra
17 Arandi Ricinus communis
18 Kanchon Bauhinia acuminata
19 Bougainvillia Bougainvillia globra
20 Candle Bush Cassia alata
21 Sadabahar Vinca rosea
22 Paper chase tree Mussaenda clabrata
23 Hennah Lawsonia inermis
24 Calendula Calendula officinalis
25 Juhi Jasmine auriculatum
26 Arandi Ricinus communis
27 Ixora Ixora
28 Gurhal Hibiscus rosasinensis

Herbs
29 Ghrit kumari Aloe vera
30 Tulsi Occimum sanctum
31 Ixora Ixora
32 Dhatura Datura stramonium
33 Makai Nigella sativa
34 Satawari Asparagus racemosus
Faunal community of the area- Majorly, the area is a conglomeration of built infrastructure
such as residential units, institutions, commercial complex and industries along with
landscape areas, Surajpur wetlands and other basic amenities.
The fauna of the area is discussed below:
1) Amphibians
Among amphibians toad (Bufo sp.) and frog (Rana tigrina) were observed.
2) Reptiles
Indian garden Lizards (Calotes vessicolor), home lizard were observed, while locals claims
to have seen some snakes also.
3) Mammals
In this class Indian palm squirrel (Fumambulus pennanti), cat, dog (Cuon sp.),Goat (Capra
aegagrus hircus), Cow, Buffalo, rat (Rattus rattus) and horse etc. were observed.
4) Aves
Common birds like crow (Corves splendens), sparrow (Passer domesticus), parrot
(Psittacula krameri), baya (Ploceus philippinus), peafowl (Pavo cristatus), pigeon (Columba
livia), egretta sp. etc. were observed. List of species observed in this buffer zone is given in
Table below.
5) Butterflies
The common butterfly species recorded from the study area include; Common grass yellow
(Eurema blanda), Tawny coster (Acraea violae), Common tiger (Danaus genutia), Small
orange tip (Colotis etrida) and pansy (Precis almanac).

Table 14.2: List of Species in Buffer Zone (10 km Radius)
S.I. Local Names Zoological Names

Amphibians
1 Toad Bufo sp
2 Frog Rana tigrina
Reptiles
3 Indian garden lizards Calotes versicolor
4 House Lizards Hemidactylus sp.
5 Cobra Naja naja
6 Viper Vipera sp
Mammals
7 Indian palm squirrel Fumambulus pennant
8 Cat Felis sp.
9 Dog Cuon sp.
10 Cow Bos sp.
11 Rat Rattus rattus
12 Horse Equs sp.
13 Goat Capra aegagrus hircus
Fishes
14 Carps Cirrhinus mrigala
15 Carps Catla catla
16 Cat fish Mystus sp.
17 Cat fish Wallago attu
18 Pangas catfish Pangasius pangasius
Aves
19 Crow Corvus splendens
20 Sparrow Passer domesticus
21 Baya Ploceus philippinus
22 Parrot Psittacula Krameri
23 Peafowl Pavo cristatus
24 Pigeon Columba livia
25 Egretta Egretta sp.
26 Bulbul Pycnontus barbatus
27 Myna Acridotheres tristis
28 Koel Eudynamys scoloopacea
29 Teal Avas vcrecca
30 Spotted dove Streptopelia chinensis
31 Pariah kite Milvus migrans
32 Hoopoe Upupa epops

Yamuna River
Yamuna supports a wide variety of plant and animal species. Varity of Fishes found in
Yamuna river as Carps (Cirrhinus mrigala, Catla catla, Labeo sp.) and Cat fishes (Mystus
sp.,Wallago attu, Ompok sp.and Pangasius pangasius etc.) The river is home to thousands of
resident and migratory birds. The banks of the river are one of the last refuges for the
dwindling populations of blackbucks, chitals, nilgais etc. On November 16, 2010 ailing
Yamuna proved fatal for aquatic life once again. The death of about 2,000 fish in the river,
between Vrindavan and Mathura, has brought the issue of pollution in the Yamuna to centre
stage again. It was the morning bathers who spotted the dead fish floating on the surface of
the water on Saturday. The matter was brought to the notice of the forest department. The
Okhla Bird Sanctuary, spread over four sq kms on the Yamuna River, is one of the
International Bird areas listed by Bird Live International, a non-government organization that
works for promotion and conservation of world habitat. Thousands of avian migrants waded
along with resident water birds. However, there were several species that were not spotted
this year. As part of the timeless Indian Civilization, the River Yamuna, other than being a
traditional water resource, is also a cultural icon and is worshipped as a goddess in Indian
Culture. A little inquiry into ancient Indian scriptures, rituals, art forms, traditional vocation,
festivities or even the National Anthem shall vividly bring forward the esteem and glory that
this Grand River holds, even in present times.
Agriculture
Description of Agro-climatic Zone & major agro ecological situations (based on soil and
topography) of Gautam Budh Nagar.
Table 14.3: Agro-climatic Zone & its Characteristics
SN Agro-climatic Zone Characteristics
1 Western Plain Zone Sandy loam and loamy soil texture, canal and tube well
irrigation, medium rainfall, sub-tropical climate, rice-wheat
crop rotation and dairy based farming system.
SN Agro-ecological Characteristics
situation
1 AES-I Soil type - Sandy loam soil
Crop rotation- Sugarcane-wheat, Rice-Wheat-Jawar, Arhar,

wheat, Jawar-lentil, Vegetables
Orchard – Mango, Guava
Mixed farming system
2 AES-II Soil type - Sandy loam, Loam soil
Crop rotation - Rice based crop rotation, Rice-wheat, Jawar

wheat, Arhar-wheat, Jawar-lentil, Vegetables
Mixed farming system- Some area water logged
Source: District Profile, Gautam Budh Nagar

Table 14.4: Details of Operational area / Villages (2008-09)
Taluk Name of Name of Major crops & Major problem Identified
the block the village Thrust
enterprises identified
area
Dadri Dadri Kot Paddy, Jwar, Low yield of IPNM, IPM,

cereal,
Khendra Wheat, Mustard, Variety
Pulse and Oilseed
Bisada Lentil, crops. replacement, Soil
Vegetables & testing, Balance
Dadopur
Use of Desi
Dairy farming variety. animal feeding,
Dairymacha
systems. Deworming,
Khatana Repeat breeding
Saithali Worms infestation,

Low soil fertility Integrated
Veerpura status. nutrient
Shahpur management
(INM)
Bisrakh Badalpur Paddy, Jwar, Low yield of IPNM, IPM,
cereal, pulse and
Sadopur Wheat, Mustard, Variety
oilseed crop. Use
Dujana Lentil, Veg. & of Desi variety. replacement, Soil
Repeat breeding testing, Balance
Itana Dairy
Worms infestation animal feeding,
Kherpur
Deworming
Source: District Profile, Gautam Budh Nagar
14.2 Forest, WLS, Wetlands and other Eco-sensitive Area

GNIDA is endowed with rich natural heritage sites which need to be developed as
conservation areas. Policies and strategies for conservation of sites and biodiversity shall be
described in the Conservation Master Plan.
Primarily important natural sites planed to be conserved are—
1. Protected Forest
Protected forest area is nearly 1015 ha. Protected forest area falls within the notified area of
Greater Noida namely –
i) Gulistanpur PF Block
ii) Rampur Jagir PF Block
iii) Murshadpur PF Block
iv) Amarpur PF Block
2. Wetlands
· Wetland area around Lohia Lake: This area is presently being visited by migratory
birds. Additionally, Bird Sanctuary is also being proposed to be developed.
· Lohia Rivulet: This rivulet transverses through the Greater Noida Township serving
as natural drainage system. This rivulet is proposed to be developed and conserved as
a landscape features.
· Ponds: There are large number of ponds with significant area which form the part of
present landscape.
14.3 Protection and Conservation Plan of Forest
Protection of forest resources requires a strong infrastructure at the disposal of the state forest
departments. The existing infrastructure is inadequate due to paucity of funds to deal with the
task of forest protection. In various states notified forest areas are not clearly demarcated on
the field and surveys have not been carried out. Due to the existence of habitations in and
around forest areas, it becomes difficult to enforce law without proper demarcations. For the
purpose of scientific and sustainable management of forest resources and eco management, a
prescription in the form of working plan becomes necessary.
Management Plan of Forest is proposed as under:
1. To carry out detailed field survey, demarcation of the forest boundaries and their
notification are primarily required.
2. Enumeration and measurement of individuals for assessment of the growing stock and
bio diversity.
3. Proper mapping of the area using the latest technology of the satellite imageries, GPS
(Global Positioning System), GIS etc. in the preparation of good quality working plans.

4. To prepare Working Plans aiming' at sustainable management of the forests and
plantations.
5. To prepare fire danger rating system and devise forest fire forecasting system.
6. To prevent and control forest fires with- a view to protect and conserve the forests &
wildlife and physical environment. To monitor the impact of forest fire prevention and
control activities arid use latest technology including the establishment of a network.
7. To involve the local people in protection of forests from fires on the principals of Joint
Forest Management.
8. To develop and strengthen Forestry Infrastructure and capacity of the Forest Departments
for effective protection of the flora, fauna (biodiversity)and the environment as a whole.
9. To maintain environmental stability through preservation and where ever necessary,
adopt rehabilitation and restoration measures of the sites that has been adversely affected
by depletion of the forest cover of the country.
10. To preserve the natural, heritage of the country by protecting and conserving the
remaining natural forests with the vast variety of flora and fauna which represent the
remarkable biological diversity and genetic resources of the country through
strengthening of the infrastructures of the Forest Department.
11. To improve the productivity of forests to meet essential national needs.
12. To ensure scientific management of the forests by preparing and implementing good
quality working plans.
13. To protect forest against forest fires by adopting improved and modern management
practices and through the cooperation of the local communities on the principles of Joint
Forest Management.
Though there is no separate provision for specific legal instrument for wetland conservation,
the legal framework for conservation and management is provided by the following legal
instruments:
Several legislations have been enacted which have relevance to wetland conservation. These
include Forest Act, 1927, Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, the Wildlife (Protection) Act,
1972, the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, The Water Cess Act, 1977 and
the umbrella provision of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.
The Biodiversity Act, 2002, and the Biodiversity Rules, 2004, are aimed at safeguarding the
floral and faunal biodiversity, and regulating their flow from the country to other countries
for research and commercial use. Thus, their provisions also contribute towards conserving,
maintaining, and augmenting the floral, faunal and biodiversity of the country’s aquatic
bodies.
The Environmental Policy identifies the following six-fold Action Plan:

1. Set up a legally enforceable regulatory mechanism for identified valuable wetlands to
prevent their degradation and enhance their conservation. Develop a national
inventory of such wetlands.
2. Formulate conservation and prudent use strategies for each significant catalogued
wetland, with participation of local communities, and other relevant stakeholders.
3. Formulate and implement eco-tourism strategies for identified wetlands through
multi-stakeholder partnerships involving public agencies, local communities and
investors.
4. Take explicit amount of impacts on wetlands of significant development projects
during the environmental appraisal of such projects; in particular, the reduction in
economic value of wetland environmental services should be explicitly factored into
cost-benefit analysis.
5. Consider particular unique wetlands as entities with ‘Incomparable Values’, in
developing strategies for their protection.
6. Integrate wetland conservation, including conservation of village ponds and tanks,
into sectoral development plans for poverty alleviation and livelihood improvement,
and the link efforts for conservation and sustainable use of wetlands with the ongoing
rural infrastructure development and employment generation programmes. Promote
traditional techniques and practices for conserving village ponds.

15. Horticulture & Green Belt Development
15.1 Master Plan Provision for Green Area Development

Green Areas
Apart from a major industrial and institutional hub, the area of Greater Noida is also being
developed as a destination for amusement and leisure. The city shall be marked by its green
landscapes, and characterised by flowers and fountains mirroring the city’s relaxed life-style.
An 18 hole Golf course designed by Greg Norman is functional and an Integrated Sports
Complex is being developed in about 450 acres. 3 social clubs and a resort hotel are
functional at present.
To lay emphasis on the development of green areas, predominant flowering trees and shrubs
in different areas will be used for naming sectors.
Overall emphasis would be on:
· Formulation of Landscaping Master Plan
· To develop the city as a city of flowers and fountains.
· Visual impact of greenery and landscape.
· Development of city recreational greens.
· To position the city as a destination of leisure and amusement
· Develop Theme Parks
· Plantation of predominantly flowering trees and shrubs
· Distinct flowering green belts along the roads and within the sectors.
· Distinguishing flowering trees in various pockets of the sectors,which are symbolic of
the name of that pocket.
Landscape
A landscape plan has been prepared for the whole city. Emphasis has beenlaid on keeping
the city green, environment friendly and pollution free.
At the city level the main stretches taken up are-
· Green belts along ‘The Promenade’ and ‘Entry Road’.

· Plantation on major road including Medians/Central verge on Entry road and The
Promenade.
· Development of Entry to the city and major roundabouts as focal points with
fountains and landscaping.
· A city park in 22 Acres of land has been developed.
· A Sports stadium has been planned in 35 acres of land and work has commenced.

At the sector level works taken up are
· Development of 8 Theme Parks in residential sectors.

· Road side plantation
Green Area as per Master Plan 2021

• Green Areas of 3579.80 ha (16.09% of the total MP 2021 area of 22,255 ha) dedicated
for green areas.
• A minimum of 15% of Institutional/ Incidental Green (as a mandate by state byelaws)
in each individual unit coming up in Greater Noida.
• Road side Avenue plantation along the total stretch of roads (approx. 194 km) in 3 or 2
tier, depending on the road width. Also, evergreen plantation on median of 12m being
taken up.
• 25 km long and 100 m wide green belt proposed within the city, to enhance ground
water recharge and biodiversity in the area.
• Protected forest area; of nearly 1015 ha. conserved.
• Wetlands & Hindon River front to be developed to enhance the biological diversity of
the area.
• The concept of inter-linked green spaces is a predominant feature in the city structure.
15.2 Objectives of Green Belt Buffer Development

Vehicular pollution emits large amount of CO2 and CO, SO2 and other gases in the
atmosphere. Plant species of green belts use CO2 and liberates oxygen. So its imbalance is
primarily to maintain optimum O2: CO2 ratio in air.
Trees, shrubs and other vegetation can absorb certain air pollutants if they are within
tolerable limits. This concept is utilised in developing strips of vegetation known as green
belt development. Green belts should be developed especially around sources of pollution to
to improve the environment. In Delhi, the ridge serves as the breathing apparatus of the city.
The design and nature of green belts will vary according to the place and the type of industry.
Some of the factors which influence the design of green belts are-
§ Climatic factors such as wind velocity, temperature, rainfall, sunlight, humidity etc.
§ Assimilation capacity of the ecosystem,
§ Height and canopy of trees,
§ Topography,
§ Size of land available,
§ Distance from source,
§ Soil and Water quality,

§ Nature and extents of pollutants,
Advantages of green belts-

· Noise control- A green belt reduces the intensity of sound. Function as a barrier. Trees
can either deflect, refract or may absorb sound to reduce its intensity. The intensity
reduction depends on the distance of sound source. Trees can also modify suitably the
humidity and climate which affects sound intensity.
· Help in soil erosion control. Plant species help in improving soil quality and bind soil
particles thereby preventing erosion.
· Green belts also help in containing water run offs.
· Climate Control (regulates air temperature, nutrient and hydrological cycle, solar
energy conservation).
· Air Pollution control- Trees help in reducing carbon dioxide and other pollutants from
air and by release of oxygen into the air thereby improving air quality. A green belt
development can also help alleviating particulate matter from the air by trapping such
particulate matter.
· Water Pollution control- Some species can remove some pollutants from water.
Example- copper absorbed by Chlorella vulgaris and Scandium by Astragalas, zinc
by Typha latifolia, chromium by Salvinia nudans.
Environmental Guidelines for Industries developed by MoEF, suggest that the industries must
care about the surrounding environment and minimize the adverse impacts of industrial
operations in the immediate neighborhood as well as distant places. Therefore, these
guidelines mandate project owners to maintain the certain distances by the industries from the
areas like ecologically sensitive areas, Coastal areas, Flood Plain of the Riverine Systems,
Transport/Communication System and Major settlements.
With reference to green belts, these guidelines mandates are as under:
1. Land acquired shall be sufficiently large to provide space for appropriate treatment of
waste water still left for treatment after maximum possible reuse and recycle. Reclaimed
(treated) wastewater shall be used to raise green belt and to create water body for aesthetics,
recreation and if possible for aquaculture. The green belt shall be 1/2 km wide around the
battery limit of the industry. For industry having odour problem it shall be a kilometer
wide.
2. The green belt between two adjoining large scale industries shall be one
kilometer.
As per the National Forest Policy, 1988 (NFP), It is necessary to encourage the planting of
trees alongside of roads, railway lines, rivers, streams and canals, and on other unutilized

lands under State/corporate, institutional or private ownership. NFP give emphasis on the
green belt development. It says – Green belts should be raised in urban/industrial areas
as well as in arid tracts. Such a programme will help to check erosion and
desertification as well as improve the microclimate (Reference).
As per the stipulations of MoEF, green belt is to be provided all around the power station
boundary by planting trees and the total green area including landscaping area will be at
least 1/3 rd (About 33%) of the plant area. This will include Lay down area which will be later
on converted into Green area. (Report on the land requirement of thermal power stations by
CEA)
Green Belts have since been adapted to modern conditions. Their five main purposes are:
· to check the unrestricted sprawls of large built-up areas;
· to prevent neighbouring towns from merging into one another;
· to assist in safeguarding the countryside from encroachment;
· to preserve the setting and special character of historic towns;
· to assist in urban regeneration by encouraging the recycling of derelict and other urban
land.
15.3 Type of Foliage in Green Development
15.3.1 Green Belt Development Plan
Selection of Plant species for Green belt development

The selection of plant species for the development depends on various factors such as
climate, elevation and soil. The list of plant species, which can be suitably planted, and
having significant importance are provided in Table. The plants should exhibit the following
desirable characteristic in order to be selected for plantation.
1. The species should be fast growing and providing optimum penetrability.

2. The species should be wind-firm and deep rooted.
3. Nesting trees like Peepal (Ficus religiosa), Bergad (F. bengahlnesis), Pakad(Ficus
virens), Gular (F. glomerata,)Fig (Ficus eariea) should be planted.
4. The species should form a dense canopy.
5. As far as possible, the species should be indigenous and locally available
6. Species tolerance to air pollutants like SPM, SO2 and NOx should be preferred.
7. The species should be permeable to help and create air turbulence and mixing within
the belt.
8. There should be no large gaps for the air to spill through.

9. Trees with high foliage density, leaves with larger leaf area and hairy on both the
surfaces, are generally preferred.
10. Ability to withstand conditions like inundation and drought.
11. Soil improving plants (Nitrogen fixing, rapidly decomposable leaf litter).
12. Attractive appearance with good flowering and fruit bearing.
13. Bird and insect attracting tree species.
14. Sustainable green cover with minimal maintenance
15. Act as noise barrier
The plantation matrix adopted for the green belt development includes quadrats of Trees 1 x
1 x 1 m, Shrub 0.3 m x 0.3 m x 0.3 m size with a spacing of 2.5 m x 2.5 m. In addition, earth
filling and manure may also be required for the proper nutritionand nourishment of the
sapling. It is also recommended that the plantation has to be taken up randomly and the
landscaping aspects could be taken into consideration. Planted sapling must be protected
either by putting tree guards or barbed wire fencing with proper irrigation as and when
required.
The general consideration involved while developing the greenbelt are:
- Evergreen trees growing up to 10 m or above in height should be planted around

various appurtenances of the proposed project.
- Planting of trees should be undertaken in appropriate encircling rows around the
project site.
- Generally fast growing species should be planted.
- Since, the tree trunk is normally devoid of foliage up to a height of 3 m, it may be
useful to have shrubbery in front of the trees so as to gives coverage to this portion.
The plantation will be at a spacing of 2.5 x 2.5 m. The maintenance of the plantation area will
also be done by the Authorities. The treated wastewater from the CSTPs and the components
manure generated by solids waste will be used for the greenbelt development.
For the purpose of pollution attenuation, the green belt shall be developed in three tiers as
stated below:
First Tier - Shrub species having good levels of air pollution tolerance which is referred to as
Tolerance zone.
1. Broken or interrupted: The branching pattern and canopy formation is not uniform. e.g.
palm varieties. In between the shrub species at regular intervals in the first tier.

2. Dropping canopy: The branches and leaves droop downwards e.g. Polyalthia longifolia.
In between the shrubs in the first tier.
Second Tier - Trees having fast growth potential with conical canopy called as dispersion
zone
1. Rotund type: The shape of the crown is more or less rounded; branches and leaves are
closely arranged eg. Ficus species. Suitable for second and third tier.
2. Flat topped canopy: The branches of the crown uniformly given flat-topped crown and
the spread of the crown is wide to cover a wide area e.g. Cassia fistula. Suitable for
second and third tire.
Third Tier - Trees having hairy leaves with thick and round canopy called as absorption
zone.
1. Cylindrical type: The branches and leaves form a close network and give the longitudinal
spread eg. Dalbergia species. In between the trees in the third tier.
2. Chimney type: The branches give the appearance of long chimney e.g. Eucalyptus
poplor,Outer rows of the third tier.
3. Conical type: The growth of main stem and horizontal branches appear in the form of a
cone. eg. Casuarina. Peripheral rows of the third tier.
Greenbelt Development: The following species can be used in a greenbelt to serve as noise
breakers:
· Tectona grandis (Teak),
· Butea monosperma (Palash)
· Leucana leucocephala (Subabul),
· Mangifera indica (Aam)
· Dalbergia Sissoo (Shisham),
· Saraca Indica (Asoka)
Increasing vegetation in the form of green area is one of the preferred methods to mitigate air
pollution. Plants serve as a sink for pollutants, settle dust on leaf lamina and reduce noise
pollution.
Teak, Shisham, Palash, Neem, Amaltas, Kachnar, Subabul, Mohua, Aam, Karanj, Imli,
Baheda, Harda, and Jamun are air pollution abatement plants and Neem, Mahaneem, Palash,
Amaltas and Kaner plants are used for dust absorber.

Green Belt Plan in Small Housing Projects:
Two row plantation along with boundary wall, spacing of plant 2.5 m, row to row spacing 2m
__________________________________________________________________Boundary
wall
```````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````Live hedge
* * * * * 2.5m * *
* * * * * * 2m
``` Live hedge (Creepers) & Shrubs
* Trees
The species recommended for greenbelt development are given below:
Table 15.1: Recommended trees along the roadside

1. Alstonia scholaris Chitvan
2. Albizia lebbeck procera Siris(white)

Siris(Black)
3. Bauhinia variegata Kanchanar
4. Cassia fistula Amaltas
5. Pinus roxburghii Chirpine
6. Populus euphratica Poplar
7. Prunus deltoids Peach
8. Thuja orientalis Thuja
9. Ficus benghalensis, Banyan tree
10. Ficus religiosa Peepal
11. Ficus virens Pakad
12. Ficus glomerata Gular
13. Ficus elastica Rubber tree
14. Polyalthia longifolia Ashok

Table 15.2: Recommended trees along the Infrastructure
1. Aegle marmelos Bel
2. Punica granatum Pomegranate
3. Artocarpus heterophyllus Jack fruit
4. Mangifera indica Aam
5. Mallotus philippensis Sindoori
6. Grewia asiatica Phalsa
7. Litchi chinensis Lychee
8. Pyrus pashia Mahal (wild pear)
15.3.2 Landscaping, Park and Avenue Plantation

Selection of the plant species should be done on the basis of their adaptability to the existing
geographical conditions and the vegetation composition of the forest type of the region earlier
found or currently observed.
Parks and gardens maintained for recreational and ornamental purposes will not only improve
the quality of existing ecology at the proposed project site but also enhance the aesthetic
value. The plan and the suggested species for parks and avenues are listed below.
Parks
- Ornamental trees with spreading branches, shade giving with colorful flowers for
people to relax. (Alstonia scholaris, Saraca indica, Ailanthus excelsa, Peltophorum
pterocarpum, Mimusops elengi, Tecoma stans, Cassia fistula, Cassia alata,
Callistemon citrinus, Acalypha hispida, Caesalpinia pulcherrima, Calliandra
haematocephala, Cestrum nocturnum, Erythrina indica, Murraya paniculata,
Plumeria acuminata, Polyalthia longifolia, Polyalthia pendula, Putranjiva
roxburghii, Tabernaemontana divaricata, Bougainvillia etc).
- Suitable patches of lawns, rocketry with cactus and other small flowering xerophytic
plants.
- Winter annuals - Flox, Aster,Gladiolus, Dahelia, Tagetis patula, Rosens (HT and
Floribanda roses).
- Summer – Gulmehndi, Kochia,Sadabahar,Portulaca,Cosmosis.

Avenue plantation
- Trees with colonial canopy with attractive flowering

- Trees with branching at 10 feet and above
- Trees with medium spreading branches to avoid obstruction to the traffic
- Fruit trees to be avoided because children may obstruct traffic and general movement
of public.
Although the greenery loss due to the building & construction projects and other project
appurtenances have been compensated as a part of compensatory afforestation. However, in
addition to above, it is proposed to develop greenbelt around the perimeter of various project
appurtenances, selected stretches along reservoir periphery, etc.
The cost of plantation per hectare is estimated at Rs.1 lack per ha (as per discussion with
horticulturist) which includes sapling cost, nursery cost, labor cost, cost of manure, Planting,
weeding, irrigation and barbed wire fencing.

16. Traffic and Transportation Studies
16.1 Traffic Studies at Regional & Local Level

Regional linkages – As per Master Plan 2001
No city can develop in isolation without proper access from surrounding areas. The main
regional links planned are –
1.Noida-Greater Noida Expressway

2.1Link Road from NH 24 to the ‘Entry Road’
3.Link from G.T. Road via Dadri ROB.
4.Faridabad-Noida-Ghaziabad Expressway
5.Rail Link from Tughlakabad to Maripat.
Road
The 2 main arterial roads ‘The Entry Road’ 45.0 m wide and ‘ThePromenade’ 80.0 m wide
have been developed as high quality roads for fast movement of intra city traffic. At present,
these roads are connectingthe city with the surrounding area. The sector peripheral roads are
beingdeveloped in stages alongwith the development of the sectors.
Rail
The nearest railway station at present is Dadri located just outside the notified area on the
main railway line to Calcutta. The rail link fromTugalabad to Dadri and Boraki via Noida is
planned which will link thearea to the western railway main line to Bombay. It is proposed
thatcommuter rail link will also be provided along this line. No public transportation system
has been proposed in the presentplan.
Regional linkages – As per Master Plan 2021
The regional level linkages are vital for development of a new town. Thelinkages (road, rail
and air both for commutes and freight) should beprovided for quick uninterrupted access to
the city. The concept therefore envisages adequate regional level linkages to the area.
a. From Delhi and Noida – access via DND flyway to the Noida- Greater Noida
Expressway which is now proposed to be extended upto Agra.
b. Another link is proposed from NOIDA via Okhla barrage throughthe Master Plan
road no. 3, extending it across the river Hindon andproviding access to the area in
between NH24 and the Entry Road.
c. A link will also be available from the Eastern peripheralExpressway of the NCR plan-
2021 at NH 24 interchange point.

d. From NH 24 a 60.0 m wide link is planned to the area on north ofEntry road.
e. Link to surrounding areas of Uttar Pradesh shall be available via NH24 byepass in the
northern side and from G.T. Road in the easternside of the area
f. Plans are also on the anvil to provide commuter rail links fromTughlakabad in Delhi
via Noida upto Boraki/Dadri in GreaterNodia. The alignment for the same has been
rbanizat by theRailways.
g. For movement of goods traffic, the ICD has been located near Dadriand functional,
will be provided with rail linkage from Tughlakabad.
h. Link with Delhi Metro for Noida to Greater Noida by a Rapid Railtransit system as
per provision in the NCR Plan-2021
Rail
The nearest railway station at present is Dadri and located justoutside the notified area on the
main railway line to Calcutta. The rail linkfrom Tugalabad to Dadri and Boraki Via Noida is
planned route finalizedby Rail Vikas Nigam which will link the area to the western railway
mainline to Bombay. Also commuter rail link will be provided along this line. The new
railway station at Boraki has also been proposed. Public transportation system has been
proposed in the present plan.
16.2 Connectivity with other Towns, especially NCR

The major road linkages planned are—
1) From Delhi and NOIDA—access via DND Flyway Toll Bridge to NOIDA-Greater
Noida Expressway, which is proposed to be extended up to Agra (Taj Expressway).
2) Link from Noida via Okhla Barrage road through the Master Plan road No.3 of Noida,
extending it across river Hindon and providing access to\the 130.0m wide road of
Greater Noida.
3) Link from Eastern peripheral Expressway of NCR Plan at NH-24interchange (to be
finalized after finalization of alignment of theExpressway).
4) Link from NH-24 to connect area on north of Entry road (industrial sector Ecotech-
III).
5) Link to surrounding areas of Uttar Pradesh shall be via NH-24 bypass in the northern
side and from GT Road on eastern side of the area.
6) A 130 m. wide road has been planned as backbone of the linear City for connecting its
northern and southern parts and also Noida and Delhi.
Rail Linkages
7) The Northern Railway main line from Delhi to Calcutta is abuttingthe Master Plan
area. It is proposed to develop Boraki as a newrailway station on this line for the City.
A feasibility report for thesame has been prepared by RITES and submitted

8) A rail link between Dadri and Tuglakabad is proposed, which willconnect Greater
Noida with the main railway lines in the East toCalcutta and West to Bombay.
9) For movement of goods traffic Inland Container Depot has beenlocated, which will be
provided with rail linkage form Tuglakabad.
10) There is proposal to have Transport hub at Boraki, which shallprovide comprehensive
facilities for integrate of passenger railwaystation, ISBT, Truck Terminal, etc.
11) The 5 main arterial roads i.e. the Expressway way from Noida to Greater Noida 75m
wide, ‘The Entry Road’ 45.0 m wide and ‘The Promenade’ 80.0 m wide, the 105m
wide road upto knowledge park-IV and 130m wide road in knowledge park-II and III
have been developed as high quality roads for fast movement of intra city traffic. At
present, these roads are connecting the city with the surrounding area. The 60.0m
wide sector peripheral roads are being developed in stages along with the
development of the sectors.
12) In addition to the roads the bus shelters all along the major roads and other public
conveniences have been developed.
Mass Rapid Transit System
Based on the results of transport demand forecast and system selection, a LightRail Transit
(LRT) system has been recommended. The LRT system shall be ableto cater the future travel
demand and shall supplement the bus system.Phase-1: NOIDA City Centre to GNIDA along
Storm Drain, proposed SEZ, Gautam Buddha Expressway, Pari Chowk and along 105 m
roadupto proposed 130 m. road (about 29 km)—Costing about Rs. 2610crores.
Phase-2: GNIDA to NOIDA City Centre- Along 130 m. middle spine road, NOIDA Sec 52
(about 25 km) – costing about Rs. 2250 crores.
16.3 Circulation & Movement within Greater Noida
Public Transport Plan

A public transport system has been planned to serve the Intra-City’s traffic movement. The
desired demand for bus passengers is projected at about 1.9 and 4.1 lakh trips in the year
2011 and 2021 respectively. A bus system has beenproposed for intra-city movement.
Sixteen bus routes have been proposed to cover the entire region and also to connect various
other destinations like Noida, Ghaziabad, Delhi. Four bus terminals have been proposed at
Kasna, near Dadri, near Knowledge Park-V and at Boraki in the transport hub.
Typical cross sections for roads having various Right of Way (ROW) have been
recommended. The provision for NMVs, bus lanes, pedestrianfacilities, space for services

etc. has been proposed. Typical junctiondesigns have also been proposed for different types
of road cross sections.
To avoid heavy delays at rail-level crossings ROBs are prepared nearRoopwas, Boraki, Gori
Bachera, Sikandrabad crossing, LG factory, and sector Zeta-I.
16.4 Eco-friendly Transport System for Local Movement
The Intermediate Public Transport System (IPT)

The IPT includes 3-seater auto rickshaws, 6/7-seater auto rickshaws, shared taxis, cycle
rickshaws, tonga, etc. For an efficient transportation system, IPT modes areproposed to act as
feeder to public transport systems integrated with bus andother mass transit systems, which
can be achieved by providing sufficientdemarcated parking, waiting and circulation space for
IPTs and smooth intermodaltransferat busstops/terminalsandrailwaystation.
The IPTs identified are battery/ CNG operated auto rickshaws and cycle rickshaws for short/
feeder services and Tax for long distances.
Non motorized vehicles (NMV) offer low cost intermediate public/privatetransport, emit non-
pollution, emphasize use of labour rather than capital formobility and are well suited for
many short trips. The appropriate integration ofwalking, NMV modes and motorized
transport, is necessary to achieve anoptimum scenario. The regulations and policies
influencing NMV usage havebeen illustrated in the Transportation Master Plan report along
with the facilitiesrequired such as NMV lanes, junction geometrics, etc.
Pedestrian Facilities
Based on the projected traffic flow on the road network and the proposed landuse as per
Master Plan 2021, critical locations where grade separationthe pedestrian facilities would be
required have been identified and detailplan for the same has been prepared integrating the
locations with location of bus shelters/public conveniences.
Table 16.1: Recommended Road Infrastructure Proposals

S. No Project Scheme No. of Locations
1. Pedestrian subways 19
2. Road over bridges 7
3. Grade Separated Intersections 10
4. Off street parking lots 3
5. Transport terminals 2
6. New Intra-city bus terminals 4

17. Social Impact Analysis
17.1 Project Affected Persons and their R&R as per Land Acquisition Act 2013
All the land in GNIDA has been purchased; hence, R&R is not applicable.
17.2 Village Development Plan
Along with the Master Plan for the urbanisable area, due consideration has been given to plan
for the rural zone to meet the needs of the original inhabitants of the area.
a) For making a Plan for the rural areas, analysis of the existing facilities in the villages
has been done. On that basis, shortfall in the provisions has been ascertained for
future planning. Also the prospective growth centres have been identified for
provision of higher order facilities in the area.
b) The first step is to project the population for the next two decades. Based on the
increase in population, facilities are proposed in the future.
The population of the villages of Greater Noida is projected taking the average growth rate of
the year from 1971 to 1981 and from 1981 to 1991. For the proposed urban areas and the
areas falling within three kilometers of their radius, the growth rate is taken 15% more
because urban areas show a higher growth rate due to migration.
Year 1971 1981 1991 2001 2011 2021

Population 119146 146446 191671 245275 313932 401885
Growth rate --- 22.91% 30.88% 26.90% 26.90% 26.90%
Note: Growth rate of urban areas for population projection after the year 1991 is taken as 30.92%
Source: GNIDA Survey
Development of rural sector is equally important to involve the existing village population in
the process of urbanisation, so that they also partake in the benefits flowingtherefrom.
Economic Betterment
· Provide avenues for self-employment.

· Local employment generation through imparting skills.
· 3 it is and ITTUP set up a technically train local youths.
· Scholarships offered for lone member in each displaced family.
· Computer training at affordable range, provided in village schools.

· Gainful participation in development projects by the local population.
· Tradition skills upgradation programmes executed by NGO.
· Mahila Dairy Scheme to augment income from traditional activities.
· Career guidance and regular EDPs conducted.
Human Resource Development

· Four fully equipped educational centers to be developed to cater to the local people’s
educational needs.
· Quality of education to be ensured through provisions for quality infrastructure along
with well trained personnel.
· Informal education and related projects to be executed by NGOs.
· Health and general awareness already been implemented by national level NGO.
· Mobile crèches functioning which take care of overall needs of the uncared for
migrant labour children.
Guided Urbanisation
· Model urban villages to be developed in a phases manner with infrastructure atpar

with urban developed sectors.
· 10% abadi settlement for acquired villages with guided controls so that theyalso
merge with the aesthetically urban area.
· Commercial schemes floated priortising local people’s participation and givingthem
an opportunity to benefit from the process of urbanization.
· Empowering them to manage and maintain their assets in line with the concept of
Neighbourhood Management Council presently applicable only in urbansectors.

18. Environmental Management & Monitoring Plan
Details of environmental parameters, Impacts on them and the mitigation proposed for
various sectos vis-à-vis Residential, Institution-Commercial & Industrial are discussed as
below:
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR GREATER NOIDA

MASTER PLAN 2021
Introduction
Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is the key to ensure a safe and clean environment.
The desired results from the environmental mitigation measures proposed in the project may
not be obtained without a management plan to assure its proper implementation & function.
The EMP envisages the plans for the proper implementation of mitigation measures to reduce
the adverse impacts arising out of the project activities during pre-construction, construction
and operation stage.
An EMP is project specific plan developed to ensure that appropriate environmental

management practices are followed during a project’s construction and/or operation.
An effective EMP should ensure:
· Application of best practice environmental management to a project

· Implementation of a project’s EIA including its conditions of approval or consent
· Compliance with environmental legislation, and
· Environmental risks associated with a project are properly managed.
Purpose of Environmental Management Plan
· To treat and dispose off all the pollutants viz. liquid, gaseous and solid waste to meet
statutory requirements (Relevant Pollution Control Acts) with appropriate technology.
· To support and implement development work to achieve environmental standards and to
improve the methods of environmental management.
· To promote green-belt development.
· To encourage good working conditions for the residents & employees.
· To reduce fire and accident hazards.
· Budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management system.
· To adopt cleaner production technology and waste minimization program.

• Conceptualization Stage:
During the conceptualization stage, regulation norm shall be laid down, management
measures required will be formulated, authorities assigned. These shall include land
acquisition, the clearance of the site, traffic management, arrangement of potable water &
disposal of waste water, measures for sensitive receptors such as RF, wetlands, ancient
monuments, religious centers etc. and other utilities likely to be impacted etc.
• Implementation Stage:
Implementation stage is the most crucial and active stage of the EMP. The activities shall
increase pollution load in the atmosphere as well as there shall be some other impacts.
Therefore, in addition to the monitoring to ensure that the environment is not impacted
beyond permissible limits, smooth functioning of various bodies to ensure that land, air,
water, soil, biodiversity or socio economics remains undisturbed, traffic management,
disposal of waste and risks associated with activities such as accidental spillages and
consequent damage to the surrounding environment in terms of loss of flora, fauna,
agricultural crops or loss of fertile land shall be monitored simultaneously.
• Operation Stage:
The operation stage shall essentially entail monitoring activity within the city. The
monitoring for pollutants specified in the monitoring plan will serve two purposes. In
addition to checking the efficacy of the protection/mitigation/enhancement measures
implemented, this will help to verify or refute the predictions made as a part of impact
assessment.
Table 18.1: Landuse for the Master Plan 2021

2 Industrial 4201.23 18.88
5 Green Areas 3579.80 16.09
8 SEZ 40.00 0.18
Total 22,255.0 100

Table 18.2: Sectoral breakup of Greater Noida
Sl. No. Sectoral No. of Sectors

Land Use
1991-2001 2001-2011 Upto 2021
1. Residential 18 45 63
2. Institutional 2 5 7
3. Commercial 8 2 pockets + 13 belts 10 pockets + 20 belts
4. Industrial 5 13 25
The EMP is being discussed under three heads:
1. Residential
2. Institutional/ Commercial
3. Industrial

19. EMP FOR RESIDENTIAL SECTOR
The development, construction and functional phase of residential sector comprise various
activities, each of which may have some impact on environmental parameters. Various
impacts during the development & construction and operation phase on the environmental
parameters have been studied to estimate the impact on environment.
Various activities related to the project would be different in terms of nature during the
development, construction and functional phase.
The impact identification and prediction process aims to:
· Identify potential source or cause of impact throughout the life of project.

· Characterize the potential impacts affecting a target or receptor (physical, human and
socio-economic).
· Assess the potential of changing the likelihood of impact through Environmental
Management Plan (EMP).
19.1 Population Growth Trends
Table 19.1: Growth Trends

Year Growth Percent (in %) Population (In Lacs)
2001 Base case 3
2001-2011 120 6.6
2011-2021 93 12.7
As per GNIDA & NCR Growth Projections

Fig 19.1: Growth Trends 2001-2021
• By studying the Growth Patterns, a decadal growth rate of 150 to 300 % was observed
for NCR cities.
• Since, Greater Noida is comparatively farther distance from Delhi, , a decadal growth
rate of 120% could be adopted for projection of population.
• Population planned for Greater Noida for the year 2001 was 3 Lacs.
• Assuming this population as a base, population for G.N for 2011 is 6.6 Lacs, for the
first phase.
• Average growth rate of other NCR cities was calculated to be about 93% in the
second phase.
• On this basis, the population of G.N for the year 2021 works out to be 12.7 Lacs.
19.2 Pollution Sources
Pollutants generated in the development of proposed project during both construction and
operational phases are solid, liquid and gaseous in nature. Also the generation of pollution
could be continuous, periodic or accidental. Sources of pollutants and their characteristics
during the construction and functional phase are given in Table 1.2

Table 19.2: Pollutant Sources and Characteristics
S.I. Activity / Pollutant Pollutant Frequency

Area Characteristics
1 Site Air a. Dust from a. Temporary
Preparation emission- construction activities during construction phase
PM10, and excavation. only.
b. Particulate b. Bulk of the
PM2.5, SO2
s matter, NO2 and CO emissions are expected
and NO2 from Vehicle exhaust from ground working and
leveling activities.
Earth / Solid Solid waste from Periodic
waste construction activity and
excavation.
Noise Noise generated from Temporary during initial
construction equipment construction phase
machinery and vehicles
2 Labour Sewage Sewage generated from Temporary during the initial
welfare temporary labour camps construction phase
Camps on site
Solid Waste Solid Waste generated Temporary during the initial
from temporary labour construction phase
camps on site
3 Construction Air · Dust from Temporary during
activities emission transportation of construction phase only.
vehicle & construction
activities
· Emission from DG sets
· Loading and unloading
activities
· Concreteting
Functional Phase
1 Vehicular Movement Air emissions Vehicle exhaust Continuous /
and Noise emissions periodic
2 Diesel generators Air emissions SO2, NO2, PM, CO Occasional during
from fuel burning power failure
Noise Noise due to running of Occasional during
equipment power failure
Hazardous Waste Used Oil Generation Occasional during
oil changes
3 LPG Cylinders/ PNG Thermal / Blast Accidental Explosion Accidental
Effect due to LPG leaks and

fire
4 Maintenance / Wastewater Floor washing/ sewage Continuous
Housekeeping Solid waste Kitchen, household and Biodegradable &
garden wastes Continuous
Hazardous waste Paints, emulsions, oil & Occasionally,
biomedical Negligible quantities
e-waste Softwares & hardwares Continuous
5 Air Conditioners/ Air emission Ozone Depleting Continuous
HVAC substance release
6 Vehicle Parking Oil spills Minor oil leaks In Occasionally,
Area parking space Negligible quantities
7 Storm water drains Waste water Contamination During rainy season
discharge from site-
mainly suspended solids
19.3 Impact Identification
The areas of environmental concerns for which the impacts and their predictions are taken
into consideration are mainly:
· Air Environment
· Water Environment
· Noise Environment
· Land Environment
· Biological Environment
· Socio economic Environment
· Aesthetic Environment
The impacts can be further categorized as positive impacts and negative impacts depending
upon their nature, potential and magnitude.
19.3.1 Environmental Aspects of Development & Construction Operations
Ø Generation, storage, and disposal of construction wastes;

Ø Noise pollution due to plant, machinery, equipments and vehicle movement;
Ø Air pollution due to plant, machinery, equipments and vehicle movement;
Ø Generation and disposal of wastewater;
Ø Impact on ecology and biodiversity
Ø Consumption of natural and other resources such as water, electricity, and diesel
Ø Physical change in landscape due to earth work excavation and related activities

Ø Soil erosion caused due to loss of vegetation and other construction activities
Ø Impact on socio-cultural environment.
19.3.2 Environmental Aspects of Building Planning and Use
Impacts identified during operation of the proposed project and its use includes major
concerns such as:
Ø Disposal of domestic (sewage) effluent generated
Ø Increase in noise levels due to transport
Ø Consumption of water and impact on water resources
Ø Impact on traffic on the road
Ø Storm water during rains
Ø Management and maintenance of the project
Environmental aspects of present scheme are not just limited to impact of sources of pollution
but also related to energy conservation, water conservation and other issues, which are
mentioned in Table 19.3.
Table 19.3: Environment aspects other than sources of Pollution
S.I. Area Aspect

I. Energy Solar Heating, Day Lighting, Design Natural Ventilation,
Conservation Thermal Transfer value of Building Material, Energy
Efficient Building Services and Equipment,
Public Area Lighting
Exterior Lighting, use of sensors.
II. Water Conservation Use of Recycled Water
Water sources for Gardening
Rainwater Harvesting
III. Internal Roads and Pedestrian Access Ramps for Disabled persons, Road
Accesses painting and Signage Speed Breakers, bus bays
IV. Material Use Construction Materials Selection
Renewable woods
Paint Selection
Use of Recycled Materials
Low VOC materials
Use of Timber, use of fly ash etc
V. Aesthetics during Visitors Parking
functional Use Floor washing arrangements
Air conditioning arrangements
Standby Power Supply

Provision for Garden and green, Public parks and walking
footpaths
Maintenance Staff
VI. Facilities for Rest Rooms with toilets for public Visitors and Security
proposed project Persons.
Rest room for old and differently abled persons
19.4 Assessment of Environmental Impacts During Development And Construction

Phase
19.4.1 Land Use Pattern
Land use pattern has already been worked upon and fixed by GNIDA, taking into various
factors such as topography, contours, wetlands, RF/ PF and drainage etc. The residential
sector has been planned away from industrial sector, so as to minimize the effect on
environment and health effects of the residents.
19.4.2 Land Environment
Impact
For construction of residential units, soil will be excavated for foundations and basement
development. During the disposal of redundant excavated soil, it could be lost permanently.
Mitigation measures
The soil excavated during construction should be first temporarily stored in an area
earmarked and then shall be used to fill up low lying area in and around the project site and
rest of the soil shall be transported by road to fill up low lying areas elsewhere. Proper
drainage system shall be provided to deal with the storm water in case of rain. The impact on
soil during construction phase will be marginal and reversible in the nature.
It is proposed to remove vegetative cover only from the specific site on which construction is
to take place and allowing minimal disturbance to the vegetation in adjacent areas. Land
clearing activities will only be confined to necessary areas. The top soil will be stripped from
construction areas and stockpiled for later reuse in landscaping. The number, frequency and
area of movement of heavy machinery will also be restricted.
19.4.3 Water Environment

19.4.3.1 Surface Water Quality
Impact
The primary concerns relating to surface water quality associated with construction activities
are as pointed out below:
· Runoff related to unpaved and excavated areas during the rain shower.
· Sediments transported to runoff from the construction site.
· Run off related to area where lubricant, fuel other materials are stored, used
and disposed, off.
Surface water quality may be affected with the discharge of the runoff from the project site.
The impact to the surface water bodies could arise from the increased soil erosion from
excavated site only causing increase in the suspended particles and turbidity of runoff water
from the site. However, the impact will be temporary in the nature and would be observed in
first rain only and excavated soil at site would be stabilized thereafter. Therefore, the surface
water quality during rains will be impacted marginally for very short duration.
Mitigation Measures
During the construction phase, surface water quality is likely to be affected due to soil
erosion during first rain and generation of wastewater mainly from construction labour camp.
However, this phenomenon will be temporary and restricted to close vicinity of construction
site. The impact on surface water quality can be minimized by adopting following measures;
Ø Excavation during dry season and proper management of excavated soils,
Ø Clearing all debris and construction waste from site as soon as construction is over.
Ø By providing proper hutment and toilet facilities for construction labour in the form of
portable toilets and mobile STP, if possible.
Ø Through the proper disposal of waste water generated at site with its final outfall to
municipal sewers.
19.4.3.2 Groundwater Quality
Impact
Hazardous chemicals and materials (in form of paints, varnishes, corrosive agents, and
chemicals) may be used in the development and construction phase of individual projects.
Hazardous and non-hazardous wastes generated during this phase should be collected and
disposed suitably. Therefore, possibility of contamination of ground water will be negligible.

Hence, impact anticipated on the ground water quality during the construction phase can be
minimized.
Mitigation Measures
A well planned solid waste management plan should be followed during the construction
phase including timely collection, segregation and disposal as per legal requirements.
19.4.3.3 Surface and Ground Water Hydrology
i. Surface Water Hydrology

Impact
The city area falls in the drainage basin of Yamuna River and Hindon River, protected by
bandh roads. Runoff during rains will take away loose earth or other loose objects, to
natural drain and to storm water drains laid in the area. During construction phase, there
is no impact anticipated on the drainage pattern of the project area.
Mitigation Measures
Project proponents of Individual project will ensure zero impact on runoff water by
minimizing waste, determining flow direction and drainage pattern of the area and by
providing adequate water channel throughout the construction of the project.
19.4.3.4 Ground Water Hydrology
Impact
Water will be required for site preparation activities such as dust settlement,
consolidation, compaction and curing as well as building construction and drinking water
purposes. The requirement of construction water will put a pressure on the available
ground water resources of area.
Mitigation Measures
Significant impact is anticipated on the groundwater regime if ground water or private

tankers are used for construction purpose. Therefore, to minimize the impact on ground
water resources, it should be adopted as a policy by GNIDA to use treated water from
nearby CSTP or Individual STP. GNIDA could commercially sell treated water from
CSTP to the builders, benefitting in 3 ways:

· Utilization of treated water from CSTP, thus preventing its disposal in nearby water
bodies.
· Minimizing the pressure on ever growing demand of ground water.
· Generation of revenue for GNIDA
It is proposed to carry out the following to further minimize the demand on water resources:
· Curing water may be sprayed on concrete structures and free flow of water shall not
be allowed.
· After liberal curing on the first day, all concrete structures may be painted with curing
chemical to save water to stop daily water curing hence save water.
· Concrete structures will be covered with thick cloth/gunny bags and then water
sprayed on them to avoid water rebound and ensure sustained and complete curing.
· Ponds will be made using sand to avoid water flowing away from the flat surface
while curing.
· Water ponding will be done on all sunken slabs. This will also highlight the
importance of having an impervious formwork.
19.4.4 Soil
Impact
The excavated top soil during construction of each residential project should be first
temporarily stored in an area earmarked and later be used to fill up low lying area in and
around the project as well as for landscaping of project site. Proper drainage system shall be
provided to deal with the storm water in case of rain.
During the development and construction phase, some amount of debris, cuttings of
construction materials will be observed at construction site.
Mitigation Measures
Solid waste generated during the construction phase should be properly collected and
segregated as plastic, metal, and other and shall be disposed off as per the standard practice.
Recyclable waste should be reused in different application and non usable items should be
disposed accordingly.
Construction/ demolition (C&D) waste needs to be focused upon in view of

(i) The potential to save natural resources (stone, river sand, soil etc.) and energy,
(ii) Its bulk which is to be carried over long distances for dumping at landfill sites,
(iii)Its occupying significant space at landfill sites and
(iv) Its presence spoils processing of biodegradable as well recyclable waste.
Management of C& D Waste
· Plan a separate line of collection and transportation of C&D waste

· Separate storage of C&D waste for different categories of generators (household,
institutional, infrastructure)
· Processing for better utilization (even fine material can be used as inert daily cover at
sanitary landfill)
· Disposal of only the portion which cannot be gainfully used and
· A mechanism to identify and locate generators of C&D Waste.
· Construction/ demolition debris should be managed in such a way that one man's trash
is another man's treasure. C&D waste has potential use after processing and grading.
· C&D waste can be effectively used in several ways:
· As inert fill material for low lying areas, landscaping
· Processed C&D waste can be used for road and embankment construction
· Finer grade can be moulded into blocks and slabs with appropriate binder
· The debris generated on the site of construction or demolition may be collected by
vendors authorized by GNIDA and sold at places requiring leveling or compaction.
Thus, the impact on soil during construction or demolition phase, if properly checked by
individual builders and GNIDA, will be marginal and reversible in nature.
19.4.5 Transport Linkage and Traffic
Impact
During development and construction phase, labour and construction material loaded vehicles
will approach the project site. Pollution due to dust emissions, exhaust fumes from vehicles
and noise is anticipated to be generated.
Mitigation Measures
· The vehicles used should be PUC certified.

· Transported material should be properly covered with tarpaulin sheets to minimize dust
emissions.
· Use of horns should be minimized in residential areas.
· Movement of heavy trucks and trolleys should be limited to specific hours of day.
· Sprinkling of water on haulage route, if need be.
19.4.6 Energy Resources
Impact
During the construction phase of various residential complexes, the source of electrical
supply would be Noida Power Cooperation (NPC), with back up supply of D.G sets, if need
be.
Mitigation Measures
· During construction phase, power requirement must be kept minimum with riders from
NPC.
· Use of low sulpher diesel D.G sets
· Use of biofuel or gas based gensets.
19.4.7 Air Quality
A. Emission Sources during the Construction Phase
The potential sources of air emissions during the construction and development phase of the
project will be as follows:
Ø Dust from earth works (during site preparation)
Ø Emissions from power generator at site
Ø Emissions from the operation of construction equipment and machines
Ø Fugitive emissions from vehicles running to site
Ø Fugitive emissions during the unloading of material at the site
Ø Fugitive emissions during mixing of cement with other building materials during
development and construction activities
Ø Air emissions other than dust arise from combustion of hydrocarbons. The pollutants of
concerns are NO2, SO2, CO, suspended particulate matter.
B. Potential Impacts
Ambient air quality effects are normally assessed in relation to their potential to cause:
Ø Health deterioration and nuisance in local communities

Ø Health deterioration amongst onsite workers
C. Assessment of the impacts due to Dust Emissions
During the excavation of basement, foundations, unloading of construction material, cement

bags and mixing of cement with other building materials, fugitive dust emissions may be
emitted at construction site. It may be noted that these emissions would be in the form of
coarse particulate matter PM10 & PM2.5 and will be settled down ultimately in the close
vicinity of construction site. The proposed mitigation measures for the above are:
Ø The excavated soil shall be stored and used in landscaping.
Ø The dust emissions shall be controlled by regular sprinkling of water during
earthwork and construction
Ø Cement bags shall be placed in covered areas. Sand and bricks shall be covered with
tarpaulin to avoid dispersion of material in air.
Ø The approach roads to the proposed site are good metaled roads, therefore during
material handling there shall be least spread of dust in the environment.
Ø It is mandatory for all automobiles vehicles to maintain the quality of exhaust
emissions within permissible standards.
Ø The ambient air quality shall be monitored regularly to ensure that the activities at site
are not polluting the ambient environment.
Ø Pollution under Check (PUC) certificate provision at entry gate.
D. Assessment of the impact due to Diesel Generators

Emissions from the DG sets during construction phase may cause some localized impact on
ambient air quality for short duration, as these will be operated during power failure only.
Mitigation Measures
· Adequate height of stacks will be provided to the DG sets as per guidelines of CPCB to
facilitate the dispersion of flue gases into the atmosphere.
· Adequate dust control systems in the form of installation of batching plants, and loose
material handling in covered sheds.
· Dust suppression system to be provided where ever necessary. Encouraging covering of
scaffolding, hosing down road surfaces and cleaning of vehicles especially during the dry
season.

· Avenue and curtain plantation on the internal roads and peripheral plantation around the
site will also be developed.
19.4.8 Noise
Impact
During the construction phase of different residential projects, noise will be generated from
various sources. Some major sources of noise generation at project site are listed here under:
Ø Generation of noise during movement of vehicles carrying materials and loading &
unloading activities.
Ø Generation of noise from excavation machines, concrete mixer and other construction
machines.
Ø Generation of noise during the operation of Gensets.
Ø Generation of noise during concreting, hammering, etc.
All the above-mentioned sources of proposed development and construction activities will be
intermittent and would be experienced occasionally.
The expected noise levels from various activities are given hereunder:
Table 19.4: expected noise levels from various activities
S. No Construction Equipment Typical Sound

Typical Sound Pressure Level At
50 Feet dB (A)
1. Dump Truck 88
2. Portable Air Compressor 81
3. Concrete Mixer (Truck) 85
4. Jack Hammer 88
5. Scraper 88
6. Dozer 87
7. Paver 89
8. Generator 76
9. Pile Driver 101
10. Rock Drill 98
11. Pump 76
12. Pneumatic Tools 85
13. Back Hoe 85
Source: Cunniff, Environmental Noise Pollution 1977.
Mitigation Measures
To minimize impacts of noise generation from construction activities, the workers will be
provided with ear muffs and other protection devices. D.G. Sets with proper acoustic

enclosure for controlling noise would be installed. Construction activities shall be limited to
day time only.
· Acoustic barriers should be placed near construction sites.

· The maximum noise levels near the construction site should be limited to 75 dB (A)
Leq (5 min.) in industrial areas and to 65 dB (A) Leq (5 min.) in other areas.
· There should be fencing around the construction site to prevent people coming near
the site.
· Materials need not be stockpiled and unused equipment to be placed between noisy
operating equipments and other areas.
· Constructing temporary earth bund around the site using soil etc, this normally is
hauled away from the construction site.
19.4.9 Economic Impacts
Relatively long-lived economic impacts of the development and construction phase are likely
to be experienced in local area as workers make everyday purchases from local traders in
nearby areas.
This is likely to give a stimulus to the traders as they would benefit from day to day
purchases of workers. Noticeable, flow-on economic impacts will be experienced in other
sectors of economy as a result of purchase of construction materials and the payment of
wages and salaries to the personnel engaged in the development and construction of various
residential Complexes. Once the development and construction will complete, there will be
some long-term positive impact on the economic structure of the area. People in the area will
get direct / indirect employment opportunities and other benefits from the residents of the
proposed project. Therefore, overall positive impact is anticipated on economy of the area
due to development and construction activity.
19.4.9.1 Socio-Economic
During the development and construction of various projects, many skilled, semiskilled and
unskilled workers per day will get direct employment opportunity, which will have beneficial
impact on the socio-economic conditions of the area.
19.4.9.2 Construction Camp

Impact
During the development and construction phase, most of the laborers will be from local areas.
Temporary labor camps should be constructed to accommodate the laborers at the project
site.
Mitigation Measures
Suitable measures should be taken at the construction camps to mitigate anticipated impacts
due to temporary accommodation of laborers such as fuel consumption, health effects due to
unhygienic conditions by making provisions of clean drinking water, adequate toilet
facilities, medical aid, crèche facilities for the children of workers, water and solid waste
disposal system. Mobile toilets and mobile STPSs should be set up to ensure hygiene and
proper disposal of waste at site.
Other safety precautions to be maintained at work site include provision of PPEs, guarding of
dangerous machine parts, maintenance of equipments as hoists and lifts etc, and adequate
provision of different types of fire extinguishers. All applicable rules and regulations
pertaining to workplace health and welfare of workers should be adhered to.
19.5 Assessment of the Environmental Impacts During Post Construction Phase
19.5.1 Land Environment
Impact
During the operation phase of various residential projects, the soil may get eroded/ polluted/
contaminated from littering of various kinds of wastes generated within the site such as food
items, paper, wood pieces, paints, pesticides, oil & grease etc.
Table 19.5: Projected Solid Waste Generation
S.N Population Rate Waste Generated

1 12.7 Lacs 0.5 kg 635 T ~700 TPD
Solid Operation Phase

Quantity of municipal Waste 700 tons
Nature of solid waste Organic waste: Wastes vegetables, flowers and foods
Inorganic waste: Papers, Cartons, thermocol, plastics,
polythene bags and glass etc.
Collection, Treatment and Municipal solid waste generated during construction and
disposal operational phases will be collected, treated and disposed
as per the Municipal solid waste (Management &

Handling) Rules, 2000.
Recycling The inorganic wastes comprising recyclable materials,
such as paper, plastic, glass etc., will be sold to prospective
buyers.
Mitigation Measures
To ensure against any chances of soil pollution, it is imperative to establish a well planned
solid waste collection system covering all areas of the site, from door to door for the
residential units. An identified area should be designated for storage and segregation of the
wastes which should be treated/ disposed as per their characteristics.
• Generated Solid waste shall be segregated & collected on common solid waste
collection center at site, from where it will be transported to the nearest landfill site by
the hired waste management/GNIDA for their treatment and disposal.
• Following steps have been proposed to GNIDA for collection, treatment and disposal
of MSW:
• Step 1: Segregation of MSW at source and collection.
• Step 2: Transportation of MSW at facility
• Step 3: Segregation of MSW at facility for processing
• Step 4: Shredding of the compostable waste to desired particle size
• Step 5: Treatment of biodegradable waste through composting/Biogas generation.
• Step 6: Disposal of non biodegradable waste into sanitary landfill facility
• An MSW site of 11.08 Ha has been earmarked at village Astoli which will cater to the
MSW (EC has been granted for the MSW site).
• Ramky & BOWML have been authorized to manage hazardous and biomedical waste,
as per CPCB norms.

19.5.2 Water environment
19.5.2.1 Water: Demand & Supply
Table 19.6 a: Projected Fresh Water Requirement upto 2021
S.N Particulars Rate of water supply Water

Demand
(MLD)
1. Urban* Water Requirement Rate of fresh water supply - 65 82.55

lpcd for 12.7 lacs population
2. Urban* Unaccounted Water Rate of fresh water supply - 15 19.05

Requirement lpcd for 12.7 lacs population
3. Industrial Water Rate of fresh water supply 4.5 171.50

Requirement litres per sqm of industrial area
4. Total Fresh Water Urban* & Industrial 273.1 or

Requirement 273
*Urban= Residential/ Institutional/ Commercial
Table 19.6 b: Projected Recycled Water Requirement upto 2021
S.No. Particulars Rate of water supply Water

Demand
(MLD)
1. Urban Flush water Rate of fresh water supply - 21 lpcd 26.67

for 12.7 lacs population
2. Recycled Water for Horticulture (Minimum of 3,579.80 50
low end uses Ha + Individual unit green area),
DG Set, HVAC cooling, Road 10
washing & other uses
3. Total Recycled 87
Water Required
Water: Demand & Supply

• Source of Fresh water is Municipal Supply (Ground Water & Ganga Jal)
• 85 cusec Ganga water supply shall be available from Upper Ganga Canal to
supplement the ground water source for meeting the future needs for which work has
been implementing by M/s U.P.R.N.N. and GNIDA and proposed to be completed in
a period of 3 years.

• The Plan Area has been divided in different water supply zones. At present
approximately 500 km length of water supply lines, 35 Nos over head tanks and 110
Nos Tube wells have been constructed in the developed area.
• In each zone, one zonal central water reservoir of 4 hours capacity has been proposed
near overhead tanks
• This would reduce the burden on ground water resources (existing source of water
supply)
19.5.2.2 Sewage Generation
• The rate of water supply has been taken 65 LPCD and interception factor has been
taken 0.80.
• The total sewage generation is estimated to be 240 MLD (273 MLD Fresh+ 27 MLD
Flushing Water, at 80%) for 12.7 lakh population.
• Capacity of the existing STP is 137 MLD and its operational and situated near village
Kasna and 7 nos. STP are proposed at different location of Greater Noida, for future
expansion.
• Total STP capacity for Population as per Master Plan 2021 =

(137+15+20+12+72+158+50+42)= 506 MLD
• Different technologies for sewerage treatment plant have been evaluated. Mainly SBR
technology is proposed to be adopted.
• The treated effluent will be well within the limit set by Central Pollution Control
Board and shall be recycled for low end uses. Surplus treated water shall be
discharged into the river and in agricultural fields.
19.5.2.3 Water Hydrology
i Surface water hydrology

Impact
The sewage effluents generated, if disposed into nearby water bodies will lead to serious
impacts on the water quality, micro/ macro flora and fauna, water borne diseases etc.
Mitigation Measures
Waste water generated from residential schemes should be treated onsite in STP. GNIDA
should ensure the provision of in-house STP for areas equal to or more than 2000 m2 plot

area or built up areas equal to or more than 20,000 m2 (which is also a mandatory
environment clearance condition).
Tertiary treated water should be recycled within the complex for low end uses while
secondary treated water should be collected through the sewer line network provided and sent
to CSTP for further treatment.
CSTP treated water could be used for construction purposes, road washing, horticulture and
landscape management of city and other public utility services where potable water is not
needed such as HVAC cooling in malls, bus stations, libraries, auditoriums etc.
19.5.2.4 Ground water hydrology
Impact
The fresh water requirement for various residential sectors would be met through municipal
supply. Ground water supply (after obtaining permission from competent authorities) through
borewells will only be permitted in case of non-availability of municipal supply in a
particular area.
Mitigation Measures
· Metered water supply to individual bunglows, row houses, and even in flats, with heavy
penalties on wastage.
· Ground water drawn from bore wells should be metered and monitored to check surplus
wastage by levying cess & additional penalties for defaulters.
· Water meters conforming to ISO standards should be installed at the inlet point of water
uptake and at the discharge point to monitor the daily water consumption.
· Encouraging good water use practices by awarding good performers.
· Treated wastewater from the site should be recycled for landscaping, flushing and D.G.
Set cooling to further reduce demand on ground water resources.
· Rainwater harvesting shall be made mandatory to recharge groundwater aquifers from the
open areas as well as roof top of the buildings. Greater Noida Authority has made it
mandatory for plots which are larger than 100 square metres to have arrangements for
rain water harvesting as per the guideline of CGWB. This will not only reduce the
pressure of storm water management system of the project but also recharge groundwater.
· To further lower the water consumption, options of Low flow flushing systems, sensor
based fixtures, waterless urinals, tap aerators etc should be explored and advised to
builders.
· Development and upkeep of wetlands/ ponds for rain water harvesting.

19.5.2.5 Water Quality
1. Surface Water Quality
Impact
The sewage effluents generated, if disposed into nearby water bodies will lead to serious
impacts on the water quality, micro/ macro flora and fauna, water borne diseases etc.
Mitigation Measures
· No residential unit shall be allowed to release their untreated waste water in water bodies.
Waste water generated from residential schemes should be treated onsite in STP. Tertiary
treated water should be recycled within the complex for low end uses while secondary
treated water should be collected through the sewer line network provided and sent to
CSTP for further treatment.
· CSTP treated water could be used for construction purposes, road washing, horticulture
and landscape management of city and other public utility services where potable water is
not needed such as HVAC cooling in malls, bus stations, libraries, auditoriums etc.
· Surface water quality should be monitored periodically to ascertain that it is not being
polluted from any source.
19.5.2.6 Ground Water Quality

Impacts
Percolation of the runoff storm water from roads, pavements and other paved and concrete
surfaces may result in leaching of oil, grease and other hazardous substances, which will
result in ground water pollution. Some of the short & long term impacts identified are:
Table 19.7: Impact on Ground Water Quality
Leachate component Short Term Impact Long Term Impact
High suspended solids Reduction of light-inhibiting Habitat alteration,

macrophyte growth, adsorbed pollutants increase
sedimentation causing toxicity
smothering of aquatic life,
organic particles increasing
deoxygenating through
microbial breakdown
High dissolved solids Increased salinity altering Groundwater contamination
ecology and reducing value
of surface waters
for abstraction
Dissolved toxic compounds Direct toxicity to humans Biomagnifications,
(e.g. toxic metals, trace Bioaccumulation

organic compounds) or to
aquatic life (e.g. from
ammonia toxicity to fish)
Immiscible organic Direct toxicity, reduction in Carcinogenic and mutagenic
chemicals (e.g. oils and deoxygenating rates through effects on aquatic life.
solvents) water surface, oil coating of
plants and animals.
High oxygen demand Deoxygenating of surface Deoxygenating, ecosystem
water. Few plants, changes
invertebrates or fish can
survive total deoxygenation
Mitigation Measures
Solid waste management practices both in public places and residential units will be adopted
and followed to prevent groundwater pollution through leaching.
The storm water from various sites will be used for recharging groundwater resources after
adequate treatment of the storm water through oil and grease traps and filtration.
To avoid any water or soil pollution due to leakage, suitable management practice will be
adopted for the same, as detailed in EMP.
19.5.3 Impact of Air Emissions Sources
The possible air emissions attribute to post construction phase of the proposed scheme may
be classified as below:
Impact
During the post construction phase, cars, scooter/motorcycle will be owned by the
residents/workers of various residential projects. Vehicular emissions will be major sources
of air pollution on approach road, bypass road and will depend upon the traffic density on the
road at particular time. Quantum and dispersion of pollution from vehicular emission will
depend upon the following.
· Volume of traffic at the roads
· Meteorological conditions.
· Emission sources from automobiles engines (petrol/diesel)
From the vehicular emissions, NO2 and SO2 will be pollutant of primary concern. The
dispersion of vehicular emissions would be confined within up to 100 m from the road and
concentration will decrease with the increase in distance from road. It is anticipated that the

contribution of vehicular emissions in ambient air quality will be marginal but shall be below
the stipulated National Ambient Air Quality Standards for NO2 (80 µg/m3). At higher wind
speeds the dispersion will be faster.
Mitigation Measures
· In the city, green belt shall be developed in the form of Parks and along the internal roads,
which will also works as barrier for the movement of pollutants.
· Heights of stacks attached to DG set shall be as per the stipulated guidelines of Central
Pollution Control Board (CPCB) to facilitate natural dispersion to exhaust gases,
discharged into the atmosphere form DG sets.
· Pick up vans, Car pooling and public transportation (like bus, metro) should be
encouraged.
· Monitoring of various parameters of air (CO, PM2.5, PM10, NO2 and SO2) at strategic
locations.
· Open burning of tyres should not be allowed, as banned by National Green Tribunal
(NGT)
· All vehicles should have PUC certificate.
· Heavy penalty for defaulters.
19.5.4 Impact of Noise
Noise is a major nuisance in the society. Considering the noise emanating from various
sources such as vehicles, use of loudspeakers, use of mixers, pressure cookers, washing
machines, music systems, drill machines have a detrimental effect on the people around them,
and in turn effects the noise environment of the city as a whole.
Mitigation Measures
Noise from residential units can be minimized through awareness and education, by
sensitizing residents about the nuisance loud noise causes to people living around them,
specially, infants, students, invalids, senior citizens etc.
In case of group housings, RWA should be the complaint redressal body which should
impose fines on defaulters.
Some other noise sources and their mitigations are:
Public Address System

· License must be obtained by all parties intending to use loudspeakers or public
address system for any occasion.
· Public address system and loudspeakers should not be used at night between 9 p.m. to
6 a.m. except in closed premises.
· Loudspeakers should be directed at the audiences and not away from audience (i.e.
not towards the neighbourhood).
· Loudspeakers should not be allowed for advertisement and commercial activities.
· The permitted strength of power amplifier should be just adequate to cover the
audience, and noise level beyond the boundary limit of the noise source premises
should not be increased by more than 5 dB(A) above the ambient noise level.
Burning of Crackers
· Manufacture and sale of crackers having an impulsive noise having an impulsive
noise of more than 90 dB at 5 meters distance from the site of bursting should be
banned.
· Manufacture and bursting of crackers should be banned.
· Bursting of crackers during night between 9 p.m. and 6 a.m. should be banned.
· Bursting of crackers may be permitted only during public festivals.
19.5.5 Impact on Socio-economic Environment
· Impact
The predominant potential impact on the socio-economic environment shall be loss of
agricultural land as presently the core area is being utilized for cultivation activities.
Adequate compensation has been provided to the landowners by the authorities and now the
land use has been finalized in Greater Noida Master plan 2021.
Development of various residential projects will provide adequate employment opportunities
to the local people. During post construction, many persons will get direct employment
opportunity to be engaged in management, maintenance and security. As an estimate, during
post construction phase, more than 250 persons will get marginal employment opportunities
from a single residential complex having 100 flats. This will help in improving the quality of
life of economically weaker sections of the local area.

Mitigation Measures
To further improve the socio-economic conditions of the area, it may be proposed to employ
mainly local people as workers. The EMC shall be responsible for implementation of the
environment management plans and the pollution control measures to ensure that no
disturbance is caused to the surrounding areas by the scheme activities.
19.5.6 Impact on Biological Environment
Impact
Prediction of impacts on biological environment is comparatively difficult due to various

reasons. For prediction of biological environment, adequate information about the structure
and function of an ecosystem is required to be collected. Large amount of long time base line
data is required from the secondary sources but such data is often limited with concerned
authorities. In addition to that the ecosystem with varieties of interactions sometimes behaves
in an unexpected way. Biological impacts on ecosystem are typically predicted in two ways.
· Professional judgment based upon knowledge of the biota and habitat, present
knowledge of the impending impact resulting from similar studies and common sense.
· Similarity models based upon simplifying assumptions and knowledge of the biota &
habitat within the study area, which is predominantly agricultural; Most of the recent
plantation along the roads, residues are of planted varieties, such as Kaner, Neem,
Date Palm, Palm, Kachnar, Gulmohar, Amaltas etc.
The impacts associated with the development of residential sector are:
· Loss of flora present at various sites.
· Hindrance to the local and migratory birds
· Threat to forest patches and wetlands, as they might become waste disposal sites
· The leaching effect of hazardous wastes on Yamuna floodplains and Hindon flood
plains may prove to be harmful for soil microorganisms and aquatic habitat.
Mitigation Measures
As per GNMP 2021, there is no loss of forestland. Special attention has been given to the
city’s forest for their protection and development.
i. Gulistanpur PF Block
ii. Rampur Jagir PF Block
iii. Murshadpur PF Block

iv. Amarpur PF Block
Green Areas of 3579.80 Ha (16.09% of the total MP 2021 area of 22,255 Ha)
dedicated for green areas.
• A minimum of 15% of Institutional/ Incidental Green (as a mandate by state byelaws)

in each individual unit coming up in Greater Noida.
• Road side Avenue plantation along the total stretch of roads (approx. 194 km) in 3 or
2 tier, depending on the road width. Also, evergreen plantation on median of 12m
being taken up.
• 25 km long and 100 m wide green belt proposed within the city, to enhance ground
water recharge and biodiversity in the area.
• Protected forest area; of nearly 1015 Ha. shall be conserved.
• Wetlands & Hindon River front to be developed to enhance the biological diversity of
the area.
• The concept of inter-linked green spaces is a predominant feature in the city structure.
• Provision of artificial nests on trees for nesting of birds to protect local and migratory
fauna
Table 19.8: Details of provision of Green Areas
Sl No. Type Percentage Area

1. Green Areas (as per M.P 2021) 16.09% 3579.80 Ha
including PF area 1015 Ha
2 Institutional/ Incidental Green 15% of Total Plot Area 2711 Ha
Allocated
Road side plantation 20% of total road area 660 Ha
3
( 20% of 3300 Ha)
Total 6951 Ha
Table 19.9: List of Plant Species to be planted in the Green Area
S.No Scientific Name Standard Name Time when flowering/Fruiting Occurs

1 Ailanthus excelsa Maharuk January- March
2 Albizia labbeck Sirish January- March
3 Alibizia procera Safed Sirish January- March
4 Alstonia scholaris Chitwan January- April
5 Anthocephalus cadamba Kadamb August-October

6 Azadirachta indica Neem June-July
7 Bauhinia variegate Kanchan May-June
8 Butea monosperma Palash February-April
9 Cassia fistula Amaltas March-June
10 Emblica officinalis Amla January
11 Erythurina indica Dadap July-August
12 Delonex regia Gulmohar February-June
13 Mangifera indica Aam April-July
14 Nyctanthes arbortristis Harsingar Throughout the year
15 Peltophorum Copper pod/Flame December-May
petrocarpurn Yellow tree
16 Pongamia pinnata Karanj February-May

17 Spathodea campanulata Pugtoora (African January- March
Tulip)
18 Syzyginum cumini Jamun June-July
19 Tamarindus indica Imli March-April
20 Terminalia arjuna Arjun April-July
21 Ceiba petandra Samal April-July
Greenbelt Development: The following species can be used as in a greenbelt to serve as

noise breakers:
· Tectona grandis (Teak)
· Leucana leucocephala (Subabual)
· Dalbergia sissoo (Shisham).
· Saraca indica (Asoka)
19.5.7 Transport Linkage and Traffic
Impact
It is observed from the traffic count that the maximum capacity of the road utilized near
residential sectors in the morning and evening peak hours are about 56% and 59%
respectively. The impacts associated are:
· Increase in air pollution due to vehicular exhaust
· Increase in noise pollution due to vehicular movement
· Road accidents
Mitigation Measures
· In the city, green belt shall be developed in the form of Parks and along the internal roads,
which will also works as barrier for the movement of pollutants.

· Pick up vans, Car pooling and public transportation should be encouraged.
· Proper signs and barrication near residential complexes
· Speed limit to be defined on various roads.
· All vehicles should have PUC certificate.
· All new internal roads of the sector should be minimum 12m wide.
· The provision for NMVs, bus lanes, pedestrian facilities, space for services etc. has been
proposed.
· To avoid heavy delays at rail-level crossings ROBs are prepared near Roopwas, Boraki,
Gori Bachera, Sikandrabad crossing, LG factory, and sector Zeta-I.
19.5.8 Energy Resources
Impact
During the operation phase of the project, electric supply will be provided from Noida Power
Corporation Ltd. The development of various residential projects will put a pressure on
energy resources.
• As per plan 2021, the Peak demand has been worked out to be 2080 MVA. The present peak
demand of Greater Noida is 121 MVA.
• Greater Noida for the following years has been worked out.
i) 450 MVA by the year 2010
ii) 950 MVA by the year 2015
iii) 2080 MVA by the year 2021
To meet this peak demand total 11 Nos. 220/33KV Substations having capacity of
2X100MVA, each and 104 Nos. 33/11KV Substations shall be required to be commissioned
in phases as per load demand envisaged.
Mitigation Measures
· To promote energy conservation, it is proposed to provide the buildings with low energy
consuming fixtures maximize availability of natural light and make plans in conformance
to the sun’s path.
· Water heating should be encouraged by using solar heaters.
· Street lighting should be 50% solar.
· Use of LED’s should be encouraged by providing subsidy on these lights

· Replacement of diesel based gen sets with biofuel or biogas ones
· Promoting use of Solar panels for electricity generation
· Use low voltage lighting.
· Promoting awareness on energy consumption
· New construction or modernization of existing infrastructure to be in conformity to NBC,
ECBC & GRIHA building codes.
19.5.9 Impact on sensitive targets
The sensitive targets include the following:

1. Religious and historical places.
2. Scenic areas
3. Surajpur wetland
4. Areas of scientific and geological interests
Mitigation Measures
· The existing sensitive sites to be protected by creating high impact zones (such as
industrial areas) away from them.
· Diversion of traffic route away from such sites to minimize the effect of exhaust fumes
· Proper upkeep and maintenance of the sites
· Encircling the water body with heavy plantation
· Educating the students, citizens, putting up sign boards, placards

20. EMP FOR INSTITUTIONAL SECTOR
20.1 Introduction
The total institutional area planned in G. Noida as per Master Plan-2011 is 1970.03 ha. About
1140 Ha area in Knowledge Park-I, II, II & IV has been planned and developed.
There has been a significant demand of land from reputed institutions for engineering,
medical, Management College and Integrated schools. Therefore the city is becoming a
knowledge hub. The institutions coming up will serve the other areas of NCR also since
accessibility and quality infrastructure is being provided in the area. There is a significant
demand from Information Technologies (I.T.) and Information Technologies Enable Services
(I.T.E.S.) related investors, and the city is likely to become a destination for IT industry also.
The Institutional land use comprising of area for Govt./Semi Govt. and Private Institutions
and offices, Regional level Institutions (IT and ITES use) and public utilities. The area break
up for the same is proposed as follows:-
Table 20.1: Break up of Institutional Sector 2011-2021

S.No Use 2011 (Ha) Upto 2021 (Ha)
1. Govt-Semi Govt, 1200 2050
Private institutions and
offices
2. Regional level 1002.70 1002.70

Institute (IT and
ITES)
3. Public utilities 200.0 350.0
Total 2502.7 3502.7
The facilities of higher order like technical institutions, R & D centre, medical colleges,
vocational colleges, hospitals etc. have been provided in the city level institutional area which
shall not only be serving the city level but the whole of NCR ultimately the city is emerging
as a knowledge hub.
Institutional Facilities for education, health, religion, offices etc., have been developed both
at the sector and city level. Plots for education and medical facilities have been allotted in all
the residential sectors to meet the local requirement. Institutions include eminent schools for
higher secondary education. Besides, there are scores of engineering colleges, business
schools, technical institutions and other prominent institutions under both public and private
sectors. Few more schools and colleges of International repute are coming up in G. Noida
which will add to the quality and quantity of Educational infrastructure.

The G. Noida Authority has allotted an area of about 570 ha for large plots (Minimum plot
size of 10 acres) for Information Technology (I.T.) and Information Technology Enabled
Services (I.T.E.S.).
20.2 Pollution Sources
Pollutants generated in the development of proposed project during both construction and
operational phases are solid, liquid and gaseous in nature. Also the generation of pollution
could be continuous, periodic or accidental. Sources of pollutants and their characteristics
during the construction and functional phase are given in Table 1
Table 20.2: Pollutant Sources and Characteristics
S.I. Activity / Pollutant Pollutant Characteristics Frequency

Area
1 Site Air c. Dust from c. Temporary
Preparation emission- construction activities during construction phase
PM10, PM2.5, and excavation. only.
d. Particulates d. Bulk of the
SO2 and
matter, NO2 and CO emissions are expected
NO2 from Vehicle exhaust from ground working and
leveling activities.
Earth / Solid Solid waste from Periodic
waste construction activity and
excavation.
Noise Noise generated from Temporary during initial
construction equipment construction phase
machinery and vehicles
2 Labour Sewage Sewage generated from Temporary during the initial
welfare temporary labour camps construction phase
Camps on site
Solid Waste Solid Waste generated Temporary during the initial
from temporary labour construction phase
camps on site
Functional Phase
1 Vehicular Movement Air emissions Vehicle exhaust Continuous /
and Noise emissions periodic
2 Diesel generators Air emissions SO2, NO2, PM, CO Occasional during
from fuel burning power failure
Noise Noise due to running of Occasional during
equipment power failure

Hazardous Waste Used Oil Generation Occasional during
oil changes
3 LPG Cylinders Thermal / Blast Accidental Explosion Accidental
Effect due to LPG leaks and
fire
4 Maintenance / Wastewater Floor washing Continuous
Housekeeping Solid waste Used equipment parts Continuous
and garden wastes
5 Air Conditioners Air emission Ozone Depleting Continuous
substance release
6 Vehicle Parking Oil spills Minor oil leaks In Occasionally,
Area parking space Negligible quantities
7 Storm water drains Waste water Contamination During rainy season
discharge from site-
mainly suspended solids
20.3 Impact Identification
The areas of environmental concerns for which the impacts and their predictions are taken
into consideration are mainly:
· Air Environment
· Water Environment
· Noise Environment
· Land Environment
· Biological Environment
· Socio economic Environment
· Aesthetics Environment
The impacts can be further categorized as positive impacts and negative impacts depending
upon their nature, potential and magnitude.
1. Environmental Aspects of Development & Construction Operations

· Generation, storage, and disposal of construction wastes;
· Noise pollution due to plant, machinery, equipments and vehicle movement;
· Air pollution due to plant, machinery, equipments and vehicle movement;
· Generation and disposal of wastewater;
· Impact on ecology;
· Consumption of resources such as water, electricity, and diesel
· Physical change in landscape due to earth work excavation and related activities

· Soil erosion caused due to loss of vegetation and other construction activities
· Impact on socio-cultural environment.
2. Environmental Aspects of Building Planning and Use

Impacts identified during operation of any institutional project and its use includes major
concerns such as:
· Disposal of domestic (sewage) effluent generated

· Increase in noise levels due to transport
· Consumption of water and impact on water resources
· Impact on traffic on the road
· Storm water during rains
· Management and maintenance of the project
Environmental aspects are not just limited to impact of sources of pollution but also related to
energy conservation, water conservation and other issues, which are mentioned in Table 2.
Table 20.3: Environment aspects of proposed scheme other than sources of Pollution
S.I. Area Aspect
I. Energy Solar Heating, Day Lighting, Design Natural Ventilation, Thermal
Conservation Transfer value of Building Material, Energy Efficient Building
Services and Equipment,
Public Area Lighting
Exterior Lighting, use of sensors.
II. Water Conservation Use of Recycled Water
Gardening Water sources
Rainwater Harvesting
III. Internal Roads and Pedestrian Access Ramps for Disabled persons, Road painting and
Accesses Signage Speed Breakers
IV. Material Use Construction Materials Selection
Paint Selection
Use of Recycled Materials
Use of Timber, use of fly ash etc
V. Aesthetics during Visitors Parking
functional Use Floor washing arrangements
Air conditioning arrangements
Standby Power Supply
Provision for Garden and green, Public parks and walking
footpaths
Maintenance Staff

20.4 Water environment (During Construction)
20.4.1.1 Surface Water Quality
Impact
The primary concerns relating to surface water quality associated with construction activities
are pointed out below:
· Runoff related to unpaved and excavated areas during the rain shower.
· Sediments transported to runoff from the construction site.
· Run off related to area where lubricant, fuel other materials are stored, used
and disposed, off.
Surface water quality may be affected with the discharge of the runoff from the construction
site. The impact to the surface water bodies could arise from the increased soil erosion from
excavated site only causing increase in the suspended particles and turbidity of runoff water
from the site. However, this impact will be temporary in the nature and would be observed in
first rain only and as soon as rain is over excavated soil at site would be stabilized. Therefore,
the surface water quality during rains will be impacted marginally for very short duration.
Mitigation Measures
. The impact on surface water quality can be minimized by adopting following measures;
· Excavation during dry season and proper management of excavated soils,

· Clearing all debris from site as soon as construction is over.
· By providing proper hutment and toilet facilities for construction labor in the form of
portable toilets and mobile STP
· Through the proper disposal of waste water generated at site with its final outfall to
municipal sewers.
20.4.1.2 Groundwater Quality
Impact
Debris and wastes generated during construction if not collected and disposed suitably can
cause groundwater contamination.
Mitigation Measures
A well planned solid waste management plan must be followed during the construction phase
including timely collection, segregation and disposal as per legal requirements.

20.4.1.3 Ground Water Hydrology
Impact
Water is required for site preparation activities such as dust settlement, consolidation,
compaction and curing as well as building construction and drinking water purposes. The
requirement of construction water will put sudden pressure on the available ground water
resources of area.
Mitigation Measures
CSTP treated water (supplied through tankers) must be used for construction purposes.
It is proposed to carry out the following to further minimize the demand on freshwater
resources:
· Curing water must be sprayed on concrete structures and free flow of water
should not be allowed.
· After liberal curing on the first day, all concrete structures should be painted
with curing chemicals to save water to stop daily water curing hence save water.
· Concrete structures must be covered with thick cloth/gunny bags and then water
sprayed on them to avoid water rebound and ensure sustained and complete
curing.
· Ponds must be made using cement and sand mortar to avoid water flowing away
from the flat surface while curing.
· Water ponding should be done on all sunken slabs. This will also highlight the
importance of having an impervious formwork.
20.4.2 Water environment (Post Construction)
20.4.2.1 Surface water hydrology
Impact
During the post construction phase, no water must be taken from water bodies in the area.
Further, adequate drainage must be provided at the project site to channelize the storm water
for rainwater harvesting.
The sewage effluents generated must be collected through the sewer line network and
recycled in STP’s for use in cooling of DG sets, Flushing, horticulture purposes and other
low end uses.
Mitigation Measures
Provision of rainwater harvesting must be made. The roof tops of buildings must also be
connected to the rainwater collection system. This will not only reduce the pressure of storm
water management system but also recharge groundwater.

Rainwater harvesting will recharge groundwater aquifers from the open areas as well as roof
top of the buildings and other open areas of Greater Noida. Treated wastewater will be
recycled for landscaping, flushing and D.G. Set cooling to further reduce demand on ground
water resources. Rainwater harvesting will also recharge groundwater aquifers.
Water meters conforming to ISO standards should be installed at the inlet point of water
uptake and at the discharge point to monitor the daily water consumption. To further lower
the water consumption, options of Low flow flushing systems, sensor based fixtures,
waterless urinals, tap aerators etc must be explored.
The fresh water requirement will be met through the municipal supply of Noida Authority.
The developer shall make internal distribution network of water in their projects.
WATER ENVIRONMENT
Project
Activity Construction Phase Operational Phase
Primary Change in Surface Releases of

Abstraction of
Impact Morphology Wastewater
Water
Impact on
Runoff/Seepage
Impact on Hydraulics of Impact On Water Environmental Health

Secondary Water Courses Quality And Aesthetic Risk
Impact
Impact on Impact on Impact on
Cost of Water
hydraulics of Aquatic Life Amenity/
Treatment
Tertiary water courses Recreation
impact
Impact on Economic Impact on socio-
Output cultural Environment
Fig 20.1: Water Environment: Construction & Operation Phase
20.4.3 Management of Environmental Parameters

Water Environment
The vehicle maintenance area shall be located in such a manner so as to prevent
contamination of ground water by accidental spillage of oil. Unauthorized dumping of waste
oil shall be prohibited. Fire hydrant and fire extinguishers shall be provided at places
vulnerable to fire and explosion. Sites of deposition of building material wastes shall be
cordoned. The open drains carrying waste water shall be covered with concrete slabs to
prevent the dust fall due to wind erosion and shall be collected in cemented trenches for
reutilization to a greater extent.
A. Fresh Water
To reduce the dependency on Municipal Supply, recycling of water from CSTP’s and STP’s
after tertiary treatment is proposed for various low-end uses like flushing, horticulture,
cooling of DG set and HVAC also rain water harvesting scheme must be encouraged to
recharge ground water and attain sustainable system.
The wastage of water shall be minimized by a combination of water saving devices and other
domestic water conservation measures. Some of the measures are given below:
(i) Waste Water Recycling

To reduce the total water requirement, reduce the dependability on municipal sources, to
follow the guidelines of EIA and to protect the environment, it is proposed to adopt recycling
of some of the treated effluent from CSTP’s and STP’s for the purpose of irrigation, street
washing, flushing and any other low end uses.
(ii) Domestic and Commercial Usage

· Use of water efficient plumbing fixtures (ultra flow toilets & urinals, low flow sinks,
water efficient dish washers and washing machines).
· Leak detection and repair techniques.
· Re-circulation of swimming pool over spill after treatment.
· Awareness Campaign for reduced water use by residents.
· Metered water consumption.
(iii) Horticulture
· Use of drip irrigation system.
· Grouping of plants with similar water requirement.
· Use of low volume and low angle sprinklers for greens.
· Provide controllers with adjustable watering schedules.
B. Rain Water Harvesting

The rainwater from buildings should be diverted from the rooftop using rain water pipes to
the surface/under ground drainage network. The entire area shall be sub divided for
recharging structures.
Desilting tanks and recharge wells must be provided for the desired purpose. The rainwater
should be diverted into the desilting tank to remove impurities and the outflow of the
desilting tank should be taken into the recharge well.
20.5 Air Quality
20.5.1 Emission Sources during the Construction Phase
The potential sources of air emissions during the construction and development phase of the
project are be as follows:
· Dust from earth works (during site preparation)

· Emissions from power generator
· Emissions from the operation of construction equipment and machines
· Fugitive emissions from vehicles running inside the institute
· Fugitive emissions during the unloading of material
· Fugitive emissions during mixing of cement with other building materials during
development and construction activities
· Air emissions other than dust arise from combustion of hydrocarbons. The pollutants of
concerns are NO2, SO2, CO, suspended particulate matter.
Potential Impacts
Ambient air quality effects are normally assessed in relation to their potential to cause:
· Health deterioration and nuisance in local communities
· Health deterioration amongst onsite workers
Assessment of the impacts due to Dust Emissions

During the excavation of basement, foundations, unloading of construction material, cement
bags and mixing of cement with other building materials, fugitive dust emissions may be
emitted at construction site. It may be noted that these emissions would be in the form of
coarse particulate matter and will be settled down ultimately in the close vicinity of
construction site. Therefore, no significant impact is anticipated due to dust emission during
development and construction phase.
The proposed mitigation measures for the above are:
· The excavated soil shall be stored and used in landscaping.
· The dust emissions should be controlled by regular sprinkling of water during
earthwork and construction.

· Cement bags shall be placed in covered areas. Sand and bricks shall be covered with
tarpaulin to avoid dispersion of material in air.
· The approach roads to the proposed site must be good metaled roads, therefore during
material handling there shall be least spread of dust in the environment.
· It is mandatory for all automobiles vehicles to maintain the quality of exhaust
emissions within permissible standards.
· The ambient air quality shall be monitored regularly to ensure that the activities at site
are not polluting the ambient environment.
· Pollution under Check (PUC) certificate provision at entry gate.
Assessment of the impact due to Diesel Generators

Emissions from the DG sets during construction phase may cause some localized impact on
ambient air quality for short duration, as these will be operated during power failure only. It
may be noted that the DG set power must be used to operate construction equipment only if
required. Adequate height of stacks must be provided to the DG sets as per guidelines of
CPCB to facilitate the dispersion of flue gases into the atmosphere.
Mitigation Measures
It is proposed to provide adequate dust control systems in the form of installation of batching
plants, and loose material handling in covered sheds. Dust suppression system should be
provided where ever necessary. It is further proposed to cover scaffolding, hosing down road
surfaces and cleaning of vehicles especially during the dry season. Avenue and curtain
plantation on the internal roads and peripheral plantation around the institutes must also be
developed.
20.5.2 Impact Air Emissions Sources (Post Construction)
Impact
Vehicular emissions will be major sources of air pollution and will depend upon the traffic
density on the road at particular time. Quantum and dispersion of pollution from vehicular
emission will depend upon the following.
· Volume of traffic at the roads

· Meteorological conditions.
· Emission sources from automobiles engines (petrol/diesel)
From the vehicular emissions, NO2 and SO2 will be pollutant of primary concern.
Erosion of soil due to winds cause dust nuisance in the area.

AIR ENVIRONMENT
Project
Activity
Construction phase Operation Phase
Primary Release of air Release of heat

Impact pollutants
Secondary Change in Impact on deposition on

Visibility water, Land Change in
Impact air quality
Micro climatic
Aesthetic Impact on Impact on

impact Agricultural flora and
production fauna
Tertiary Impact on
impact Human health
Impact on Impact on socio-

Economic output cultural environment
Fig 20.2: Air Environment: Construction & Operation Phase
Mitigation Measures
Green belt must be developed in the form of Parks and along the internal roads, which will
also works as barrier for the movement of pollutants
Required capacity DG sets should be provided at the Institutional Area & Common facilities
in case of power failure. Heights of stacks attached to DG set must be as per the stipulated
guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) to facilitate natural dispersion to
exhaust gases, discharged into the atmosphere form DG sets.
The dispersion of vehicular emissions should be confined within 100 m from the institute and
concentration will decrease with the increase in distance from road.
The dust nuisance created by the excavations, leveling and transportation activities shall be
properly controlled by sprinkling of water, providing dust arresting panels, regular removing
of construction waste material, proper storage of building material and keeping strict

vigilance on trucks not to create any air pollution. Pollution under Check certificate (PUC)
shall be collected at the entry gate of complex.
20.5.3 Air Quality Management

To mitigate the impact of pollutants from diesel generator sets and vehicular traffic following
measures are recommended for implementation:
- D.G set air pollution control measures
- Vehicle emission controls and alternatives
- Greenbelt development.
As regards D.G. Sets emission are concerned, the most important pollutant requiring further
control is NOx as impact of SO2 emission is minimal because of the use of very less
(~0.025%) sulphur in diesel as fuel.
20.5.3.1 Greenbelt Developments
Increasing vegetation in the form of greenbelt is one of the preferred methods to mitigate air
pollution as plants generate oxygen, serve as a sink for pollutants, and also check flow of dust
and reduce noise pollution. Table 3 indicates various species to be used in greenbelt
development:
Table 20.4: Species to be used for Air Pollution Abatement via Greenbelt Development
General Pollution
Air Pollution Attenuation Dust Absorbers
Abatement
Teak, Shisham Ficus glomerata (Guler) Azadiarchta indica (Neem)
Palash, Neem Terminalia tomentosa (Asan) Melia azaderach (Mahaneem)
Amaltas, Kachnar Acacaia auriculiformis (Babul) Butea monosperma (Palash)
Subabul, Mohua Polyalthia longifolia (Debdaru) Cassia fistula (Amaltas)
Aam, Karanj Ficus benghalensis (Banyan) Bauhinia variegata (Kachnar)
Imli, Baheda Mangifera indica (Aam) Nerium Terminalia arjuna (Arjun)
Harda, Saj, Jamun odorata (Kaner)
20.5.3.2 D.G. Set
All D.G. sets shall be provided chimney of adequate height above the highest building height
as per norms of CPCB for controlling air emissions. DG set chamber shall be acoustically
treated.
Moreover, D.G sets are only for stand by purpose and shall be operated only for short
duration during power failure.

20.5.3.3 Traffic Movement
· For vehicles, adequate space for smooth movement and parking shall be provided at the
institute to avoid any congestion and idling state emissions.
· Adequate parking must be provided to avoid roadside parking.
· Carpooling shall be encouraged to minimize the use of private cars and pick up and drop
system from running metro.
· Plantation shall be provided at roadsides and open spaces with the specific species to
attenuate dust and cyclonic winds.
· The ambient air quality shall be monitored regularly to ensure that the activities at the
institute are not polluting the ambient environment.
20.6 Noise Environment
20.6.1 Noise Impact (During Construction)

During the construction phase of project, noise will be generated from the various sources.
Some major sources of noise generation are listed here:
· Movement of vehicles carrying materials and loading & unloading activities.
· Generation of noise from excavation machines, concrete mixer and other construction
machines.
· Generation of noise during the operation of DG set.
· Generation of noise during concreting, hammering, etc.
All the above-mentioned sources at of proposed development and construction activities will
be intermittent and would be experienced occasionally.
The expected noise levels from various activities are given hereunder:
Table 20.5: expected noise levels from various activities

From vehicles bringing materials to the site 70 dB (A)
DG set 85 dB (A)
Excavation 80 dB (A)
Concrete Mixtures 80 dB (A)
Hammering 80 dB (A)
Mitigation Measures
To minimize impacts of noise generation from construction activities, the workers must be
provided with ear muffs and other protection devices. D.G. Sets with proper acoustic
enclosure for controlling noise should be installed.

20.6.2 Impact of Noise (Operational Phase)
Impact
The main sources of noise from the institute are running of D.G. Sets and vehicular traffic.
D.G. Sets will provide emergency electricity supply during power failure. This will be
intermittent and for short durations. The vehicles plying within the site will be mainly of the
students, faculty members and workers and hence are not expected to cause unnecessary
noise.
NOISE ENVIRONMENT Project
Activity
Construction Phase Operational Phase
Primary
Impact Noise
Change in Ambient Noise Level
Secondary
Health Risks Impact on Work Migration of Birds,
Impact output and Efficiency Reptiles& Population
Tertiary
Impact on Impact On Socio-Cultural
impact Economic Environment
Output
Fig 20.2: Noise Environment: Construction & Operation Phase
Mitigation Measures
D.G. Sets must be fitted in acoustic enclosures to control the noise generation. Adequate
personnel protective equipment (PPE) must be provided to the personnel engaged in D.G. Set
room. The traffic noise will diminish within a short distance from the source of origin.
Honking within the institute must be discouraged. Proposed rows of plantation will further
restrict the noise on either side of the plantation.

20.6.3 Noise Management Measures
Noise resulting from operation of construction machinery may constitute an additional
environmental stress. Arrangements should be made to provide noise pollution status of the
proposed site during construction phase. In case a source is found making significantly higher
noise, immediate action should be taken to bring down its noise to a tolerable limit. Workers
employed in high noise areas must be rotated to avoid their prolonged exposure to noise.
Earplugs/muffs, or other hearing protective wear must be provided to those working very
close to the noise generating machinery. Proper maintenance of construction equipments shall
be done at regular interval.
Following activities shall be taken to control the noise pollution:

· D.G. sets shall be acoustically treated to attenuate the noise.
· Noise barriers in the form of tree envelope and greenbelt to attenuate noise pollution
shall be planted around the institutions, both sides of the roads and open places.
· Good metalled and wide roads should be provided and shall be well maintained for
smooth flow of traffic.
· Monitoring of noise levels shall be carried out regularly to ensure that noise level does
not exceed permissible standards.
Greenbelt Development: The following species can be used as in a greenbelt to serve as

noise breakers:
· Tectona grandis (Teak)
· Leucana leucocephala (Subabual)
· Dalbergia sissoo (Shisham).
· Saraca indica (Asoka)
20.7 Land Environment (Construction Phase)
20.7.1 Impacts (Due to Site Preparation)

The clearance of site will involve removal of some wild, rain-fed vegetation and shrubs.
Substantial quantity of soil will be produced requiring stock piling and back filling.
Mitigation Measures
To minimize disruption of soil and for conservation of top soil; the contractor shall take the
top soil out separately and stockpile it and the same must be utilized for landscape
development.
Other measures, which would be followed to prevent soil erosion and contamination include:
· Maximize use of topsoil for landscaping.
· Avoid excavation during monsoon season

· Care should be taken to avoid soil erosion.
· To prevent soil contamination by oil/grease, leak proof containers shall be used for
storage and transportation of oil/grease and wash off from the oil/grease handling area
shall be drained through impervious drains and treated appropriately before disposal.
· Removal of as little vegetation as possible during the development, and re-vegetation of
bare areas after the project.
· Working in a small area at a point of time (phase wise construction).
20.7.2 Land Environment (Operational Phase)

Impact
During the operation phase of the project, the soil may get polluted/ contaminated from
littering of various kinds of wastes generated such as food items, paper, wood pieces, paints,
pesticides, oil & grease etc.
Mitigation Measures
To ensure against any chances of soil pollution, it is imperative to establish a well planned
solid waste collection system covering all areas of the institute apart from door to door for the
hostels and other residential units and floor to floor for the IT, Institutes and office buildings.
An identified area shall be designated for storage and segregation of the wastes which should
be treated/ disposed as per their characteristics.
The newly formed land shall be brought to normal formation merging with the surrounding
environment. Proper slope and stabilization of the ground shall be maintained to drain the
surface run-off during monsoon. Necessary action shall be taken on draining system to arrest
erosion of soil during severe monsoon and dry summer. Also, tree plantation work along the
internal roads and boundaries of the site shall be carried out side-by-side the construction
work. Plantation will improve the quality of soil and enhance the aesthetics.
20.7.3 Land Management Plan
Soil excavated during construction should be first temporarily stored in an area earmarked
and later used to fill up low lying area in and around the project as well as for landscaping of
site. Proper drainage system shall be provided to deal with the storm water in case of rain.
Solid waste generated during the construction phase shall be properly collected and
segregated as plastic, metal, and other and shall be disposed off as per the standard practice.
During the development and construction phase, some amount of debris, cuttings of
construction materials may be observed at construction site. These wastes must be collected

from time to time during construction phase and reused in different application and non
usable items should be disposed accordingly.
20.8 Biological Environment
20.8.1 Impact of Project Activities On Biodiversity

Prediction of impacts on biological environment is comparatively difficult due to various
reasons. For prediction of biological environment, adequate information about the structure
and function of an ecosystem is required to be collected. Large amount of long time base line
data is required from the secondary sources. In addition to that the ecosystem with varieties
of interactions sometimes behaves in an unexpected way. Biological impacts on ecosystem
are typically predicted in two ways.
· Professional judgment based upon knowledge of the biota and habitat, present
knowledge of the impending impact resulting from similar studies and common sense.
· Similarity models based upon simplifying assumptions and knowledge of the biota &
habitat within the study area, which is predominantly agricultural, these are no reserve
forests and no endangered species in the core zone and study area.
20.8.2 Impact on Flora
v Construction activity is likely to affect the movement of the animals.

v Increase in noise may affect the feeding, breeding and movement of animals. Felling of
trees may affect the avifauna.
v Likely settling of dust to be generated by movement of vehicles and running of crusher for
construction activities on leaves may results in to stunted growth of vegetation and may
also affect the capacity of production.
v Large numbers of labour population will influx the area during construction phase. The
major threat to surrounding flora is through collection of fuel wood by labour for cooking
purposes and thereby loss of trees.
v Dumping of huge quantity of excavated earth material may lead to loss of flora in the
project area
v The soil erosion due to natural and anthropogenic activities may cause major threat to
survival of vegetation.
Mitigation of Impact:
Various kinds of plantation such as curtain, avenue and ornamental plantation and lawns must
start during the construction phase itself and maintained during the operation phase. Open
space and parks will be fancied through the grasses and ornamental plants. Local and low

water demanding plants that will also be effective as sinks for various pollutants and attract
birds must be grown in the site that will contribute in positive to the local ecology.
20.9 Socio-Economic
20.9.1 Impact (Construction Phase)

During the development and construction, skilled, semiskilled and unskilled workers will get
direct employment opportunity, which will have beneficial impact on the socio-economic
conditions of the area.
During the development and construction phase, most of the laborers will be from local areas
but temporary laborer camps will be constructed to accommodate the laborers at the project
site.
Mitigation Measures
Suitable measures must be taken at the construction camps to mitigate anticipated impacts
due to temporary accommodation of laborers such as provision of clean drinking water,
adequate toilet facilities, medical aid, crèche facilities for the children of workers, water and
solid waste disposal system.
Other safety precautions to be maintained at work site including provision of PPEs, guarding
of dangerous machine parts, maintenance of equipments as hoists and lifts etc, and adequate
provision of different types of fire extinguishers will be made. All applicable rules and
regulations pertaining to workplace health and welfare of workers will be adhered to.
20.9.2 Impact (Post Construction)
Institutes will provide adequate employment opportunities to the local people and primary
and higher education facilities to students. Many people will get direct employment
opportunities to be engaged in management, maintenance and security. It will also lead to
migration of students from nearby and other areas leading to indirect job opportunities in
various sectors.

Table 20.6: Aspect- Impact Socio-Economic Analysis
S.no Existing Predict (adverse/ favorable) Mitigation measures.
. variables/situations impacts (reasons for variations &
of Socio-economic bias of representative data).
Issues :
1 Health and Site Physical and mental health of the Health care of the labour during
Security in the study labour population and the local host construction phases must be covered
area. community should be serviced by a comprehensive Medical
through providing effective health Insurance to meet all kinds of
care and counseling services. exigencies. Adequate security
arrangement must be made to
ensure that the local inhabitants and
the stray cattle are not exposed to
the potentials hazards of
construction activities.
2 Health impacts – on Institutional campuses must have tie
mental, physical, and ups with renowned groups of
social well being. hospitals to take care of any
emergencies. The staff & students
must be covered by a
comprehensive Medical Insurance.
3 Health & Fitness The infrastructure should designed Expectations in Fair pay, employee
with facilities for sports as well as care, social responsibility
recreational activities to ensure that commitments etc. must be timely
the staff & students are groomed to met. Greivance redressal
stay healthy. mechanism must be made to handle
complaints
4 Facilities to
Along with the calm working space The facilities provided will
employees creating a various other facilities like Food rejuvenate from the stressful
health and effective court, foot ball ground, open areas modern lifestyles and provide a
work environment :- with lush green belt, the aim should healthy work environment.
be provision of effective working
conditions.
5 Local, Regional, and The institutional projects will not only The project shall support and in
National Growth and suffice the growing demand of local, turn will be supported by the
Development:- regional but also national higher primary, secondary and tertiary
education solutions. sector.
Special sessions and classes must be
held on business etiquettes,
negotiation skills, effective
communication, leadership, teamwork
and analytical skills.
6 Overseas Students:- The project may also provide seats The foreign exchange will
for NRI students & overseas students. contribute in favour of the country.
7 CSR Benefits The projects must aim to contribute to
sustainable community development

in the concerned areas of agriculture,
human development, higher
education.
8 Loss/gain of culture The projects must follow universal The project must promote neither
and religion respect for, and observance and selective, nor relative, but universal
protection of, human rights and respect through contribution in
fundamental freedoms for all. : It is various festivities, equal observance
clearly stated as per the Human and protection among employees
Rights, that the obligation of States is and societies at large in all CSR
to promote universal respect for, and activities.
observance of, culture & religion.
Mitigation Measures
The EMC shall be responsible for implementation of the environment management plans and
the pollution control measures to ensure that no disturbance is caused to the surrounding
areas by the scheme activities. The surrounding vicinity should be aesthetically improved as
far as possible.
20.10 Energy Resources

Impact
During the operational phase of any institutional project, electric supply will be provided
from State Electricity Board supplemented with DG sets.
Mitigation Measures
To promote energy conservation, it is proposed to provide the buildings with low energy
consuming fixtures maximize availability of natural light and make plans in conformance to
the sun’s path.
20.10.1 EMP for Energy Conservation
Energy conservation program must be implemented through measures taken both on energy
demand and supply sides. Energy conservation must be one of the focuses during the project
planning and operation stages. The conservation efforts should consist of the following.
i. Architectural Design

· Passive solar cooling, utilizing building shading through overhangs.
· To minimize environmental impacts of operations as by strict adherence to the EMP.
· To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule.
· Review and interpretation of monitored results and corrective measures in case
monitored results are above the specified limit.

· Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicable
environmental laws as ready reference.
· Maintain environmental related records.
· Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultants, monitoring laboratories.
· Maintain of log of public complaints and the action taken.
ii. Energy Saving Practices
· Promoting use of Solar Water Heating.

· Use of energy efficient appliances.
· Constant monitoring of energy consumption and defining targets for energy
conservation.
· Adjusting the settings and illumination levels to ensure minimum energy used for
desired comfort levels.
· Use of LEDs and low voltage lighting.
· Sunscreen films on windows to reduce heating inside buildings.
iii. Behavioral change on consumption:
· Promoting awareness on energy consumption.

· Training students and staff on methods of energy conservation and to be vigilant to
such opportunities.
iv. Energy Conservation Measures & Management Plan:

In the Operational Phase, appropriate energy conservation measures & management plans
must be adopted in order to minimize the consumptions of non-renewable fuel. The following
practices must be adopted.
· The water supply pumping system must be provided with variable speed drive to
conserve energy at part load.
· LEDs and T-5 lamps should be promoted.
· 50% street lighting must be powered by solar lighting. LEDs must be used in place of
sodium lamps.
The DG sets must be automatically controlled to optimize the usage based on the actual load
requirement at any given time. These measures must effectively cut down the electricity/
diesel consumption.

20.11 Environment Management System
For the effective and consistent functioning of the institute, an Environmental Management
System (EMS) shall be established at the site. The EMS shall include the following:
· An Environmental Management Cell (EMC)
· Environmental Monitoring – Personnel Training
· Regular Environmental Audits and Corrective Action
· Documentation
· Standard Operating Procedures, Environmental Plans and other records.
20.11.1 Environmental Management Cell (EMC)
In addition to preparing an EMP, it is also necessary to have a permanent organizational set

up to ensure its effective implementation. Hence, every institute must create a team
consisting of people from various departments to co-ordinate the activities concerned with
management and implementation of the environmental control measures. This team should
undertake the following activities:
1. Operation, maintenance and monitoring of the sewage system.
2. Arrange periodical monitoring of air pollution, noise pollution.
3. Maintenance of roads, gardens, roadside plantations and aesthetic development along
roadsides and parks.
4. Proper collection and disposal of solid wastes.
5. Proper utilization of the recycled water.
6. Proper functioning of water harvesting system.
7. Proper maintenance of D.G. Sets.
8. Checking of Fire fighting arrangements and first-aid boxes.
9. Checking of security arrangements.
10. Maintenance of records of power consumption for lifts, pump house, street lighting
and for other common services.
11. Keep records of expenditure on maintenance of lifts, parks, sub-station equipments
including replacement of bulbs and tubes for street lighting and common area.
12. Take immediate action in case of emergency arising due to accident, fire, gas leakage
or any natural disaster.
13. Updating of Emergency Action Plan.
14. Disaster Management Plan
15. Implementation and monitoring of Corporate Social Responsibility Scheme

20.11.1.1 Composition of Environmental Management Cell
Adminis
trative
EHS/ Co-
Occupati ordination
with
STP In Landsca
charge pist/
Fig 20.4: Composition of the Management cell
Job profile of Management Cell can be described as follows:
(a) Administrative Cell
The cell will be fully responsible for all the administration work and complaints if any and
rectifying the issues which may rise either due to students, faculty, or workers or staff
working in institutional set ups.
(b) Manager EHS
Shall be responsible for implementation of Environmental Management Plan along with

Occupational health hazards and assure regulatory compliance (Environment Clearance
Conditions and NOC condition) with all relevant rules and regulations responsible for EMS,
Health and Safety management system implementation. He shall also be responsible for risk
analysis, vulnerability assessment, response action plans, mitigation & implementation
strategies and disaster management plan. Coordination with Pollution Control Board and
other relevant Government Departments. Manger EHS will be reporting to Head-Projects.

(c) Horticulturist/Landscapist
Shall be responsible for maintenance of garden and lawns. He shall report to EHS Manager.
(d) STP In charge

Shall be responsible for maintenance, working and operation of Sewage Treatment Plant
20.11.2 Environmental Monitoring
The purpose of environmental monitoring is to evaluate the effectiveness of implantation of

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) by periodically monitoring the important
environmental parameters within impact area, so that any adverse affects are detected and
timely action can be taken.
Monitoring of ambient air quality, noise levels, groundwater quality and quantity, soil quality
and solid wastes in accordance with an approved monitoring schedule must be carried out.
The monitoring protocol and location selection must to be done carefully.
The monitoring will be the responsibility of EMC. The post operational monitoring program
will be under the supervision of the Site Engineer at the project site. Monitoring must be
carried out by recognized laboratories.
Summary:
20.11.2.1 Air Environment:
SOURCES MANAGEMENT
Dust & emissions from vehicular · Regular sprinkling of water on the haul road.
exhaust. · Speed restriction of all vehicles.
· Vehicles will be checked for PUC certification.
The fugitive dust emission sources · Water spraying to prevent dust pollution from different sources of
are: construction.
· Excavation · All transportation vehicles must be suitably covered with tarpaulin
· Haul road movements & overloading of the vehicles must be avoided.
· Construction · Covering of the construction site on all four sides to a considerable
· Material Handling height to prevent dust emissions and other pollutants to the
· Finishing surrounding environment.
MANAGEMENT PLAN

SOURCES MANAGEMENT
• Exhaust from D.G. • EPA/CPCB certified DG sets conforming to the standards must be
sets deployed.
• D.G. sets must be provided with safe stack height of 6 m above the
roof of the D.G. house.
• Low sulphur content fuel (HSD - Sulphur content 0.05%) must be
used.
• Emissions due to • Sufficient width of driveways to ensure smooth traffic movements.
vehicular exhausts. • Provisions of fully internalized parking including the parking
Especially facilities for the visitors.
congestions during • Guided traffic ways within the institutes.
peak traffic hours. • Speed humps must be installed for speed restrictions inside the
institutional area.
20.11.2.2 Water Environment:
SOURCES MANAGEMENT
· Generation of • Temporary septic tank followed by soak pit must be provided.
sewerage
· Significant water • Curing water must be sprayed and after liberal curing all concrete
demand for structures must be covered with gunny bags. This will conserve water.
construction. • There must be provision of using polymer dispersion and air entraining
agents to reduce the water demand for construction.
· Un-captured run off • Construction material as well as waste must be stored at the earmarked
from the site may places and must be covered with a temporary shed ensuring that same is
contaminate ground not carried away with storm water.
water aquifers. • The rain water entering into the pit must be screened for the removal of
heavy silt and other materials.
• Provisions must be made to ensure the construction vehicles stick to the
access track to prevent mud & dirt being deposited on roads.
• Fence must be constructed around the site to trap sediments whilst
allowing the water to flow through.
• Up slope water must be diverted with turf and due care must be taken
not to mix mortar in locations that will drain into storm water system.
· Unsanitary conditions • The civil contractor will be held responsible for site sanitation and will
during rainy season. be bound by the management to adhere to healthy level of sanitation.
• There will be no stagnant water at site, as the runoff from the relevant
areas will be systematically drained into the storm water line. There will
be provision of cleaning the storm water line periodically.

MANAGEMENT PLAN:
SOURCES MANAGEMENT
· Impact on ground · Domestic waste water must be treated in sewage treatment plant.
water · Treated water from STP must be used for flushing, plantation, HVAC
· Waste water and other low end uses.
generation. · No untreated water must be discharged outside the premises.
· Surface / ground water · STP activity Log book
contamination due to · Plants like Nerium, Tulsi, Bushes with mild but active fragrance
untreated domestic
wastewater disposal.
· STP dysfunction
· Odor problem
· Inland pollution
· Water usage · Water meter must be installed to monitor the water usage at different
sections of the institute; Collected data will help in water conservation
objectives.
· Un-captured storm · The runoff from the building terraces, paved areas and landscape areas
water run-off. must be channelized to the rain water harvesting structures designed on
· Flooding or logging of the peak intensity of rainfall (40 mm/hr) to accommodate peak surface
storm water drains runoff, which will avoid the problems of flooding.
· The storm water drains must be cleaned in the pre-monsoon phase so
that the water logging can be avoided.
20.11.2.3 Solid Waste:
SOURCES MANAGEMENT
· Excavated soil · Reutilized within the project premises for surface leveling and
horticulture purposes
· Construction waste · The construction waste must be stacked properly.
· The recyclable waste (metal, wood, etc.) should be sold to the vendors
· The inert waste (brick, masonry, concrete, etc). should be used for road
making, filling and for strengthening the approach roads.
20.11.2.4 Noise Environment
SOURCES MANAGEMENT
Major sources of • The construction area must be shielded with help of tarpaulin sheets.
noise pollution: • Complete construction work especially heavy earth work must be done
• Vehicular

traffic during day time.
• Heavy moving • Traffic planning and management must be made adequate to ensure
machinery uninterrupted traffic movement in the area so as to minimize the noise due to
• Operation of congestion.
D.G. sets, etc. • The vehicles must be regularly maintained and optimum use of the same
must be made.
• Moving parts of the machines must be maintained properly so as to avoid
metal-to-metal impact noise.
• The D.G. sets used must be eco friendly with minimum noise.
• Ear plugs must be provided to the workers.
SOURCES MANAGEMENT
· The source of · D.G. sets must be housed in an inbuilt acoustic enclosure, which will help
noise in the post to contain the noise within the permissible standards.
construction · Plantation must be done at the periphery so that it can act as a sound
phase may be due barrier.
to the road traffic, · The driveways must have sufficient width so that there is no congestion of
operation of D.G. vehicles during peak hours which lead to increase in the noise levels.
sets. · Entry & exits must be manned with trained & efficient security to ensure
smooth flow of vehicles.
· There must be less starting and stopping and the vehicles must be speed
restricted to ensure the noise within the permissible limits.

21. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR INDUSTRIAL SECTORS IN
GREATER NOIDA
21.1 INTRODUCTION
Many people think of industry as the collective large-scale manufacturing of goods in well-
organized plants with a high degree of automation and specialization. Although this is a
common example of industry, it can also include other commercial activities that provide
goods and services such as agriculture, transportation, hospitality, and many others.
21.2 CLASSIFICATION OF INDUSTRIES
Delhi Pollution Control Committee has issue the consents to the industries to run in the
conforming areas of Delhi. Consents were issued only to those Industries that are falling
under Green and Orange Category.
1. Industries under Red Categories:
All hazardous/noxious/heavy and large industries, as indicated in MPD-2001 and as

added/amended by Central Pollution Control Board and accepted by Supreme Court for
the purpose of categorization/identification of various industries under H(a) and H(b)
category shall fall under RED category. Industries under Red Category shall not be
permitted to operate in the jurisdiction of NCT of Delhi.
2. Industries under Orange Categories:
Industries carrying out activities as classified under Group - F of MPD-2001 and the
industries that are not permitted under Green Category, shall be categorized under
"Orange Category”.
3. Industries under Green Categories:
· Industries in Small Scale, Cottage/Village category suggested under notification of the

State Government/Union Territory for issuance of simplified NOC/Consent from State
Pollution Control Board/Pollution Control Committee.
· The industries classified under Group A, A-1, B, C, D, E and G-1 as indicated in MPD-
2001 will be considered under the Green Category in the notified industrial areas.
· All those industries or processes which are not covered under the "Red" and/or "Orange"
category.

Table 21.1: Classification of Industries situated in Greater Noida:
Company Category Product
Asian Paints Ltd. Red Paints
Delphi Orange Automotive Systems
Denso India Ltd. Orange Auto Parts
Devyani Beverages Ltd. Orange Pepsi Soft Drinks
Escorts Yamaha Motors Green Motor Cycle
Hind Polymers Ltd. Green Plastic Granules
Hindustan Adhesive Ltd. - Adhesive Tapes
Honda Power Products Red Power Products
Honda Siel Cars India Ltd. - Honda Passenger Cars
Hongo India Red Automotive Components
Hotline Appliances Green Electronics
HPCL Ltd. Red LPG Bottling Plant
Jay Containers - Ship Containers
J.K. Magnetics Ltd. - Audio/Video Tapes
Korin India Ltd. - Cielo Rear Suspension
L.G. Electronics Green Electronics
Majestic Auto Green Two Wheelers
Moser Baer - Data storage devices
New Holland Tractors - Ford Tractors
Nicco Batteries Ltd. - Auto Batteries
Punjab Fibres Ltd. Orange Cotton Yarn
PushpsonsFibrol Ltd. Red Industrial Oil
Pushpsons Industries Ltd. - Cotton Fabrics (100% EOU)
ReinzTalbros Ltd. Red Auto parts
Sakura Seimitsu Ltd. - Clocks & Watches
Samtel Color Ltd. - Colour Picture Tubes
Vectra Ltd. - Truck Manufacturer
Hindustan Times Green Printing Press
Daewoo Electronics Green Electronics
Priya Foods Orange Biscuits
G S C Toughend Glass - Toughend Glass
T-Series - Audio and Video Cassettes
Sheela Foams - Mattresses
Videocon Green Electronics

4. RESTRICTED INDUSTRIES
List of Negative Industries (Red Category)
9. Smelter Process (Aluminum, Copper, Lead & Zinc)

10. Distillery
11. Dyes & Dyes Intermediate
12. Foundry, Cupola Furnace, Arc Furnace, Introduction Furnace & other Furnaces
13. Tanneries (Vegetable/ Chrome)
14. Pulp & Paper
15. Bone Mills & Allied Industries
16. Stone Crushing
5. Permissible industries after getting Site Clearance from competent authority (State
Government & Central Government)
1. Man Made Fiber

2. Nitric Acid
3. Paints Industries
4. Sulphuric Acid
5. Manufacturing of Asbestos
6. Cement Plant
7. Caustic Soda
8. Fertilizer Industries
9. Integrated Irons and Steel
10. Oil Refinery & Petroleum Refinery
11. Pesticides Industries
12. Pharmaceutical Industries
13. Petro Chemical Industries
14. Synthetic Rubber
6. Permissible Industries (With ETP)
1. Calcium Carbide
2. Cove Oven
3. Composite Woolen Mills
4. Inorganic Chemical Industries
5. Starch & Glucose
6. Toxic Organic Chemical

Note: The industry which does not fall in any of the above mentioned three categories (i.e.
Red/ Orange/ Green), decision with regard to their categorization will be taken by a
committee at Head. Office level comprising of the Member Secretary and two senior offices
of the Board/ Committee.
21.3 Industrial Laws and Rules
Table 21.2: Industrial Laws & Rules Applicable in GNIDA

Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Cinematograph Act, 1980
Act,1981
Industries (Development & Regulation) Act, Factories Act,1948
1951
Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Water (Prevention and Control of
Act,1981 Pollution)Act 1974
Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution)
Rules, 1982 Rules 1982
Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation)
(Union Territories) Rules, 1983 Rules 1988
Cinematograph Film Rules, 1987 Cinematograph (Certificate) Rules, 1983
Land Acquisition (Companies) Rules, 1963
21.4 INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION
Any form of pollution that can trace its immediate source to industrial practices is known as
“Industrial pollution”.Industrial pollution and waste encompass the full range of unwanted
substances and losses generated by industrial activities, including emissions to air or surface
waters and the substances sent to sewage treatment plants, deposited in landfills, released or
applied to the land, treated, injected underground, controlled through storage, recycled or
burned for energy recovery.
Environmental Issues
Most of the pollution on the planet can be traced back to industries of some kind. In fact, the
issue of industrial pollution has taken on grave importance for agencies trying to fight against
environmental degradation. Nations facing sudden and rapid growth of such industries are
finding it to be a serious problem which has to be brought under control immediately. There
are many different factors that comprise of the issue of industrial pollution.
Causes of Industrial Pollution
1. Lack of Policies to Control Pollution:

2. Unplanned Industrial Growth

3. Use of Outdated Technologies
4. Presence of Large Number of Small Scale Industries
5. Inefficient Waste Disposal
6. Leaching of Resources from our Natural World.
Industrial production contributes goods, services and jobs, but it is also a major source of
pollution and waste. This pollution and waste can be classified into six categories :toxic
chemicals, criteria air contaminants, greenhouse gases, hazardous wastes, nonhazardous
wastes and radioactive wastes.
21.5 EFFECTS OF INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION
21.5.1 Water Pollution:
Industry is a huge source of water pollution, it produces pollutants that are extremely harmful
to people and the environment. Many industrial facilities use freshwater to carry away waste
from the plant into rivers, lakes and oceans.
Pollutants from industrial sources include:
Asbestos – This pollutant is a serious health hazard and carcinogenic. Asbestos fibres can be
inhaled and cause illnesses such as asbestosis, mesothelioma, lung cancer, intestinal cancer
and liver cancer.
Lead – This is a metallic element and can cause health and environmental problems. It is
a non-biodegradable substance so is hard to clean up once the environment is contaminated.
Lead is harmful to the health of many animals, including humans, as it can inhibit the action
of bodily enzymes.
Mercury – This is a metallic element and can cause health and environmental problems. It is
a non-biodegradable substance so is hard to clean up once the environment is contaminated.
Mercury is also harmful to animal health as it can cause illness through mercury poisoning.
Nitrates – The increased use of fertilisers means that nitrates are more often being washed
from the soil and into rivers and lakes. This can cause eutrophication, which can be very
problematic to marine environments.
Phosphates - The increased use of fertilisers means that phosphates are more often
being washed from the soil and into rivers and lakes. This can cause eutrophication, which
can be very problematic to marine environments.
Sulphur – This is a non-metallic substance that is harmful for marine life.

Oils – Oil does not dissolve in water, instead it forms a thick layer on the water surface. This
can stop marine plants receiving enough light for photosynthesis. It is also harmful for fish
and marine birds.
Petrochemicals – This is formed from gas or petrol and can be toxic to marine life.
21.5.2 Air Pollution:
Air pollution is defined as the addition of various hazardous chemicals, particulate matter,
toxic substances and biological organisms into the Earth's atmosphere.
The first and the number one on the list of the worst pollution caused with help of the
industries is air pollution. Because of this pollution the greenhouse effects makes a big step to
his completion.
Industrial air pollution, caused by the release of particulates and chemicals during
manufacturing, is a serious health problem in industrialized nations. Waste from mechanical
and chemical industries is exhausted into the air, much the way a car puts out fumes from its
tailpipe. These substances combine with ozone in the air to produce smog, which when
inhaled causes breathing difficulties and can kill susceptible people. Air quality monitoring
helps alert populations to air pollution levels that may be dangerous. Preventing it requires a
combination of legal regulations and technology.
Chemicals that are common in industrial air pollution include volatile organic compounds
(VOCs), such as methane benzene, toluene, and xylene, from industrial processes and
evaporation of fuel and chemicals. Sulfur dioxide (SO2) and carbon monoxide are produced
by combustion of fuel matter, such as petroleum and coal. Various particulates can be
expelled by volcanoes, forest fires, and other natural occurrences, but unfiltered air and
smoke from fuel combustion and industrial activity accounts for about 10% of man-made
particulate pollutants.
Health effects from industrial air pollution are more severe for people who have conditions
such as asthma or cardiovascular issues. People most at risk include children, asthma
sufferers, others with respiratory problems, and adults who engage in outdoor activities.
Susceptible people should pay attention to air quality monitoring announcements and take
appropriate precautions, such as staying indoors, wearing a mask, and keeping medications
on hand in case they are needed.

21.5.3 Soil Pollution:
Large quantity of solid wastes like unused and rejected chemicals (like calcium carbonate,
magnesium sulphate, ferrous chloride, ferrous oxide, radioactive wastes, fly ashes, sludge,
press mud, saw dust, bottles, plastic materials) unwanted industrial wastes generated during
manufacturing processes (rejection, broken items of metal, plastic, wooden or chemical
solids, powders) are dumped over on the surface of soil by almost all industries with
difference in the degree. Larger the production base, larger is the generation of wastes.
Traditionally, these materials have been dumped around the factory site or around the entire
city. Rarely, they are put to recycling or safe conversion.
All these solid materials dumped on surface of soils are bound to change the chemical and
physical nature of soil besides contributing large quantity of pollutants to underground water
- whenever rain water passes through them. In most situations, solid wastes has caused
problems such as foul smell (sugar and paper industry), disturbed air composition (fly ash
from thermal power plants and cement industries) changed the physical nature of soil (coal
and steel industrial wastes), as well as radioactive dangers (atomic power plants).
Deposition of many agricultural chemicals in the underground layers of soil has disturbed the
normal activities of soil including weathering and leaching. Water movement is badly
affected in some soils, while in many irrigated soils, water table is built up to set in great
change in chemical and biological nature of underground soil. For example living of
earthworm, centipede, millipedes, frogs and rats under the ground has been greatly disturbed
and their role in ecological equilibrium is badly affected.
Effects of soil pollution in brief:

• Pollution runs off into rivers and kills the fish, plants and other aquatic life
• Crops and fodder grown on polluted soil may pass the pollutants on to the consumers
• Polluted soil may no longer grow crops and fodder
• Soil structure is damaged (clay ionic structure impaired)
• Corrosion of foundations and pipelines
• impairs soil stability
• may release vapours and hydrocarbon into buildings and cellars
• may create toxic dusts
• may poison children playing in the area

21.5.4 Noise Pollution:
Industrial noise refers to noise that is created in the factories which is jarring and unbearable.
Sound becomes noise only it becomes unwanted and when it becomes more than that, it is
referred to as “noise pollution”.
Noise pollution in industries, at every stage by various aspects like welding, hammering,
drilling, blowing, running machinery, motors, sheet metal work, lathe machine work,
operation of cranes, grinding, turning, riveting, fabricating, forging, compressing,
vaccumising, breaking, moulding, steaming, boiling, cooling, heating, venting, painting,
pumping, packing, transporting etc. It creates very serious of large-scale noise problems;
significantly affect the working people as well as surrounding people.
As mechanical noise is the major part of industrial noise and is due to machinery of all kinds
and often increases with the type of operation and power capacity of the machines. The
characteristics of industrial noise vary considerably depending on specific industrial process.
High noise levels common in petrochemical, steel industries, thermal power stations, cement
industries, and mines etc., can be due to presence of unsteady force and it’s structural
elements caused by moving parts, vibration of heavy equipments, sound from engines, gear,
bearings, rotating and reciprocating machines, combustion, fans, pressurized flow, during
shifting of raw materials and end products, trucks and dumpers etc.
It has been scientifically proved that noise more than 85 decibels’ can cause hearing
impairment and does not meet the standards set for healthy working environment. Moreover
it can also cause accidents. Industrial noise pollution has many reasons such as industries
being close to human habitats which prevent the noise from decaying before it reaches human
ear.
The advers effects of noise on hearing may be classified into three categories namely,
temporary threshold shift (TTS), permanent threshold shift (PTS) and a coustic trauma.
Health effects due to noise pollution can result into increase in blood pressure, increased
stress, fatigue, stomach ulcers, vertigo, Headaches, sleep disturbance, Dysgraphia,
aggression, anxiety, etc.
Wildlife Extinction:
The issue of industrial pollution shows that it causes natural rhythms and patterns to fail,
meaning that wildlife is affected in a severe manner. Habitats are being lost, species are
becoming extinct and it is harder for the environment to recover from each natural disaster.
Major industrial accidents like oil spills, fires, and damage to property are harder to clean up,
since they have a higher impact ina shorter span of time.
Global Warming:

With the rise in industrial pollution, global warming has been increasing at steady pace.
Smoke and greenhouse gases are released by the factories into the air, which causes an
increase in the greenhouse effect and increase in global warming. Melting of glaciers,
extinction of polar beers, floods, tsunamis, hurricanes are few of the effects of global
warming.
21.6 INDUSTRIAL MASTER PLAN OF GREATER NOIDA
Greater Noida Industrial Development Authority (GNIDA) is the nodal agency responsible
for overall development of the Greater Noida City. The GNIDA was established in Jan. 1991
under the UP Industrial Area Development Act, 1976.The Act mandates Planning,
Development, Operations & Maintenance and Regulatory functions to a single agency –
GNIDA.
Ecotech is Greater Noida's exclusive Industrial area where rights of admission are reserved.
In fact, polluting industries are prohibited from setting up here. However, for those allowed
in, the Authority ensures not just speedy clearances and approvals but also incentives to
promote early commissioning of projects. An effective single-table functioning guarantees
project clearance within a month and an empowered committee continuously monitors the
progress of these projects.Industrial investment taking place in Greater Noida is now over Rs.
10,000 crores.
The proposed Industrial areas are mainly located on the periphery. Industrial complexes of
units of similar nature shall be developed comprehensively with urbanization pool of support
functions and services to promote small scale sector.

INDUSTRIAL
(MANUFACTURING, IT)
Proposed Hitech Industrial

Township
Master Plan of Greater Noida showing Industrial Area
At present industrial area is about 1600 ha. The industrial land is being disposed off at an
average rate of 100 ha. per year. Assuming a faster trend to continue for next forthcoming
years (2001-2011) 1427.30 ha.(i.e.total land upto 2011- 2027.30 ha.)
In the second phase (2011-2021) due to increasing pressure on land the average rate of
allotment per year has been marginally increased to 120 ha. per year and the land requirement
works out to 1200 ha. (total land upto 2021- 3800 ha.)
S.No. Particulars Area (Ha) %age Area (Ha) %age Area (Ha) %age
2001 2011 2021
1 Industrial 1596.96 31.5 3027.3 22.3 4201.23 18.88
Sl. No. Sectoral Land Use No. of Sectors

1991-2001 2001-2011 Upto 2021
1. Industrial 5 13 25

21.7 EMP DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Control of pollution during construction phase is of considerable importance. Waste

generated from construction activities includes construction debris, waste from the labor
tents, and hazardous waste. Besides waste generation, management of topsoil, traffic
movement, operation of construction equipments and diesel generating sets, site security and
aesthetical development of green area and roadside plantation are some areas for which
management measures are required.
Strategy for environmental management in construction work should be based on three-

pronged approach comprising of:
· Pollution prevention
· Pollution control
· Protection of pollution recipients
The following aspects of construction activity require control measures during the
construction phase of the present scheme.
21.7.1 Topography and Physiography
During the development, construction and post construction phase of the proposed project, no
significant impact is anticipated on local or regional topography and physiography, hence
exhaustive management plan is not required. It is however proposed to carry out extensive
turfing with local species apart from proposed plantations and greens.
21.7.2 Soil
During the construction phase, various kinds of wastes are generated that will be disposed in
varied ways. The following measures will be taken to prevent soil contamination at site and
ensure waste management:
Vegetation and top soil management
· Remove vegetative cover only from the specific site on which construction will take
place.
· Plantation as proposed shall be started at the earliest.
· The top soil will be stripped from constructional areas and stockpiled for later reuse in
landscaping.
· Promote use of organic fertilizers.

· Construction of erosion prevention troughs, as deemed necessary.
· To prevent the erosion of excavated loose soil produced as a result of excavation, site
preparation activities and excavation work would be undertaken during dry season
after monsoon is over.
21.7.3 Site Preparation
The clearance of site will involve removal of some wild, rain-fed vegetation and shrubs.
Substantial quantity of soil will be produced requiring stock piling and back filling to
minimize disruption of soil and for conservation of top soil; the contractor shall take the top
soil out separately and stockpile it and the same has been utilized for landscaping
development.
Other measures, which would be followed to prevent soil erosion and contamination include:
· Maximize use of topsoil for landscaping.

· Avoid excavation during monsoon season
· Care should be taken to avoid soil erosion.
· To prevent soil contamination by oil/grease, leak proof containers shall be used for storage
and transportation of oil/grease and wash off from the oil/grease handling area shall be
drained through impervious drains and treated appropriately before disposal.
· Removal of as little vegetation as possible during the development, and re-vegetation of
bare areas after the project.
· Working in a small area at a point of time (phase wise construction).
21.7.4 Construction Debris
Construction debris is bulky and heavy and re-utilization and recycling is an important
strategy for management of such waste. As concrete and masonry constitute the majority of
waste generated, recycling of this waste by conversion to aggregate can offer benefits of
reduced landfill space and reduced extraction of raw material for new construction activity.
This is particularly applicable to the proposed project site as the construction is to be
completed in a phased manner. The management of major construction debris includes:
· Fuel and oil would be stored in cement lined storage yard and handled carefully to
prevent soil contamination through leakage or spillage.
· All metal, paper, plastic wastes, debris and cuttings would be collected from site as soon
as particular construction activity is over and will be resold to vendors for recycling or
reused in construction.

· During construction of flexible pavement, bitumen wastes will be collected (if any) and
disposed in environmentally sound manner. Mixed debris with high gypsum, plaster,
shall not be used as fill, as they are highly susceptible to contamination, and will be
given to recyclers.
· The number, frequency and area of movement of heavy machinery will also be
restricted.
· Recycling of construction wastes into aggregates for use in the project site.
· Spent oil from DG Sets should be stored in HDPE drums in isolated covered facility and
disposed off as per the Hazardous Wastes (Handling & Management) Rules, 2003.
· Wastes from the labour camps will be collected and disposed as per the existing
practices in the site.
21.7.5 Hazardous Waste
Construction sites are sources of many toxic substances, such as paints, solvents, wood
preservatives, pesticides, adhesives and sealants. Hazardous waste generated during
construction phase shall be stored-in sealed containers, labelled, and disposed of as required
by the Hazardous Wastes Management and Handling Act Amendment Rules (MoEF, 2003).
Some management practices to be developed are:
· Maximize use of organic fertilizer for landscaping and greenbelt development

· Herbicides and Pesticides will not be over applied and not applied prior to rain
· Paint brushes and equipment for water and oil based paints shall be cleaned within a
contained area and shall not be allowed to contaminate site soils, watercourses, or
drainage systems.
· Preference of low VOC and water-based paints.
· Provide adequate hazardous waste storage facilities, hazardous waste collection
containers are conveniently located, and designate hazardous waste storage areas
away from storm drains or watercourses.
· Potentially hazardous waste shall be segregated from non-hazardous construction site
debris.
· All hazardous waste shall be clearly labelled.
1. Waste from Labor Settlements and Biomass
Construction activity involves some workforce to stay at site. Local labour shall be employed
to the maximum possible extent so that resident labor is not required or minimum. The latter
will require basic infrastructure welfare facilities like housing, sanitation and other essential

services. The proposed site shall be provided with suitable sanitation facilities like supply of
potable water and sanitary latrines to allow proper standards of hygiene. Solid waste
generated would mainly comprise of household domestic waste, which shall be collected and
disposed off at the nearest municipal waste collection site.
2. Handling of Construction Equipment
Vehicles deployed for construction work, transportation of debris and other machinery at site
shall be properly handled to minimize emissions of particulates and gaseous pollutants. The
vehicle’s maintenance shall be monitored regularly so as to avoid noise pollution and
accidental spillage of oils and greasy matters. Loading and unloading operations and
movement of trucks shall be properly regulated to minimize the impact of noise on the
persons engaged in civil, mechanical and erection works.
21.7.6 Management of Environmental Parameters
21.7.6.1 Water Environment

The vehicle maintenance area shall be located in such a manner so as to prevent
contamination of ground water by accidental spillage of oil. Unauthorized dumping of waste
oil shall be prohibited. Fire hydrant and fire extinguishers shall be provided at places
vulnerable to fire and explosion. Sites of deposition of building material wastes shall be
cordoned. The open drains carrying waste water shall be covered with concrete slabs to
prevent the dust fall due to wind erosion and shall be collected in cemented trenches for
reutilization to a greater extent.
21.7.6.2 Air Environment

Erosion of soil due to winds cause dust nuisance in the area. The dust nuisance created by the
excavations, leveling and transportation activities shall be properly controlled by sprinkling
of water, providing dust arresting panels, regular removing of construction waste material,
proper storage of building material and keeping strict vigilance on trucks not to create any air
pollution. The Contractor shall provide necessary certificates to confirm that all crushers used
in construction conforms relevant dust emission control legislation. The Contractor shall
ensure that all vehicles, equipments and machineries used for construction are regularly
maintained and confirm that pollution emission levels comply with the relevant requirements
of State Pollution Control Board (SPCB). Pollution under Check certificate (PUC) shall be
collected at the entry gate of complex.
21.7.6.3 Land Environment

The newly formed land shall be brought to normal formation merging with the surrounding
environment. Proper slope and stabilization of the ground shall be maintained to drain the

surface run-off during monsoon. Necessary action shall be taken on draining system to arrest
erosion of soil during severe monsoon and dry summer. Also, tree plantation work along the
internal roads and boundaries of the site shall be carried out side-by-side the construction
work. Plantation will improve the quality of soil and enhance the aesthetics.
21.7.6.4 Noise Environment

Noise resulting from operation of construction machinery may constitute and additional
environmental stress. Arrangement shall be made to provide noise pollution status of the
proposed site during construction phase. In case a source is found making significantly higher
noise, immediate action shall be taken to bring down its noise to a tolerable limit. Acoustic
enclosers should be used for noisy operations. Workers employed in high noise areas will be
rotated. Earplugs/Muffs, or other hearing protective wear will be provided to those working
very close to the noise generating machinery. Proper maintenance of construction equipments
shall be done at regular interval. PUC vehicles should be proposed.
21.7.6.5 Site Security

A construction site is a potentially hazardous environment. To ensure that the local
inhabitants are not exposed to these hazards, the site shall be secured by fencing and manned
entry points.
21.8 POST CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
21.8.1 Air Quality Management
To mitigate the impact of pollutants from diesel generator sets and vehicular traffic during the
operational phase of the site the following measures are recommended for implementation:
· Proper maintenance and tuning of engines.

· Replacement of diesel based gen sets with gas ones.
· Dust barriers in form of Green belts to be planted.
· PPE to workers working on site.
· Proper stack height as prescribed by the Central/State Pollution Control Boards should
be provided for better dispersion of pollutants over a wider area to minimize the effect of
pollution.
· Vehicle emission controls and alternatives.
· Plantation shall be provided at roadsides and open spaces with the specific species to
attenuate dust and cyclonic winds.
· The ambient air quality shall be monitored regularly to ensure that the activities at the
site are not polluting the ambient environment.
· Dust suppression using water-based surfactants is more effective than suppression using
water alone.

· Washing vehicles’ wheels before they leave the premises can also help to control dust.
To mitigate the impact of pollutants from flue gas generated from several industrial sectors
(i.e. Red industries, Orange industries, and Green industries) during the operational phase, the
following measures are recommended for implementation:
· Adequate control equipment should be installed for minimizing the emission of

pollutants from the various stacks as per industrial processes.
· In-plant control measures should be taken to contain the fugitive emissions.
· Proper stack height as prescribed by the Central/State Pollution Control Boards should
be provided for better dispersion of pollutants to minimize the effect of pollution.
· Treatment of flue gas by use of cyclone filters, bag house filters, scrubbers or even
electrostatic precipitator before releasing it in environment as per industrial processess.
· Setting of strict exhaust norms and compliance vigil with fines/ penalty clause.
· Surprise check on flue gas quality by SPCB.
· Green belt plantation in and around industries.
· Setting up of industrial zones away from habitation.
· Rewarding good environmental performers.
21.8.2 Traffic Management

Circulation system in industrial areas shall be governed by the following norms:
(i) No road in an industrial area shall be of less than 24 m ROW.
(ii) No dead end road shall be permitted as far as possible.
(iii)The layout shall be provided at the junction of roads in such a way that all roads meet
at right angles as far as possible.
To mitigate the impact of vehicular movement in Industrial area of Greater Noida during
operational phase, the following measures are recommended for implementation:
· Strengthening of public transport.

· Proper parking places should be provided for the trucks and other vehicles by the
industries to avoid any congestion or blocking of roads.
· Siting of industries on the highways should be avoided as it may add to more road
accidents because of substantial increase in the movements of heavy vehicles and
unauthorized shops and settlements coming up around the industrial complex.
· Spillage of chemicals/substances on roads inside the plant may lead to
accidents.Proper road safety signs both inside and outside the plant should be
displayed for avoiding road accidents.
· Separate pathway for slow-moving traffic (bicycles, rickshaws etc.).
· Dedicated pick up points at junctions.

· Impact of Delhi-Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC) to be studied, the periodic
monitoring of the ambient air quality, noise level, water quality, soil pollution/
contamination to be done, to identify impacts and suggest mitigations.
Fig 21.1: Blockage of roads due to trucks and other vehicles of industries in Greater Noida
21.8.3 Noise Management

Sources of noise pollution in industries mainly are DG sets, traffic movement and industrial
operations.
Following activities shall be taken to control the noise pollution through DG sets:
· Proper acoustic enclosure for controlling noise should be installed.
· Noise barriers in the form of tree envelope and greenbelt to attenuate noise pollution
shall be planted around the site, both sides of the roads and open places.
· Monitoring of noise levels shall be carried out regularly to ensure that noise level does
not exceed permissible standards.
Following management measures shall be taken to control the noise pollution through
Factories/ Industrial operations:
· Allocation of industries away from habitation.
· Optimum selection of machinery tools or equipment reduces excess noise levels
· Using acoustic enclosures for noisy operations
· Job rotation and PPE to workers in zone of influence
· Noise barriers such as shock mounted assemblies, physical barriers, green belts
· Proper foundations, rubber padding etc. to reduce the noise levels caused by vibrations

· Proper lubrication and maintenance of machines, vehicles etc
· Use of suitable noise absorbing material for wall/door/window/ceiling
· Stringent noise level norms and penalty in case of non-adherence.
Following management measures shall be taken to control the noise pollution through traffic
operations:
· PUC vehicles
· Noise barriers such as physical barriers, green belts
· Heavy vehicles not to be allowed near habitation or allowed only for limited time hours
of day
· Noisy vehicles not to be allowed near sensitive areas
· Identifying critical no-horn zones
· Emission standards for road and non-road vehicles
· Initiation of monitoring and modeling program especially for industrial areas.
· Low noise road surfaces
· Guidance of traffic flow by electronic measures
· Stringent noise level norms and penalty in case of non-adherence
21.8.4 Water Management
As no water demand will be fulfilled by the authority of Greater Noida, so the source of water
in industries will be from ground water. So, the approach of conserving water maybe to have
zero discharge scheme or to reduce the total water requirement by treating the wastewater
generated in industries.
To reduce the total water requirement, dependability on ground water sources, to follow the
guidelines of EIA and to protect the environment, it is proposed to adopt recycling of some of
the treated effluent from Effluent Treatment Plant for the purpose of irrigation, street
washing, flushing and any other low end uses.
The wastage of water shall be minimized by a combination of water saving devices and other
industrial conservation measures. The industries with ETP and without ETP will be regulated
by the State Pollution Control Boards.
EMP of Water Pollution from industries:
· Ban on effluent discharge in water bodies.

· Setting of strict exhaust norms and compliance vigil with fine/ penalty clause.
· Mandate for setting of ETP.
· Recycling of water within the industry to meet water requirement for low end uses.

· Effluents from the industrial plants should be treated up to the standards as prescribed by
the Central/State Water Pollution Control Boards.
· Treated effluent received from the ETP will be recycled and reused within the scheme for
the purpose of recycling the water for washing, and other industrial processes.
· Soil permeability studies should be made prior to effluents being discharged into holding
tanks or impoundments and steps taken to prevent percolation and ground water
contamination.
· Special precautions should be taken regarding flight patterns of birds in the area.
Effluents containing toxic compounds, oil and grease have been known to cause extensive
death of migratory birds. Location of plants should be prohibited in such type of sensitive
areas.
· Deep well burial of toxic effluents should not be resorted to as it can result in re-surfacing
and ground water contamination. Re-surfacing has been known to cause extensive
damage to crop and live-stocks.
EMP for Water Usage from industries:
· Treated effluent received from the ETP will be recycled and reused within the scheme for
the purpose of recycling the water for DG set cooling, flushing & horticulture use of the
project.
· Use of water efficient plumbing fixtures (ultra-flow toilets & urinals, low flow sinks,
water efficient dish washers and washing machines).
· Leak detection and repair techniques.
· Metered water consumption & Piezometer Installation
· Use drip irrigation for shrubs and trees to apply water directly to the roots where it's
needed.
· Grouping of plants with similar water requirement.
· Use of low volume and low angle sprinklers for greens.
· Provide controllers with adjustable watering schedules.
· Irrigation Canal System
Rain Water Harvesting
The rainwater shall be diverted from the rooftop using rain water pipes to the
surface/underground drainage network. The entire area shall be sub divided for recharging
structures.

The rainwater collected from the rooftop by various industries individually will be conveyed
into the rainwater harvesting system consisting of Desilting-cum-filter chamber and
borewells for recharge into the groundwater and wetlands. RWH will be done only from the
roof top.
21.8.5 Solid and Hazardous Wastes Management
The waste generated in industries is categorized into following parts:
INDUSTRIAL WASTE
HAZARDOUS NON- MUNICIPAL

HAZARDOUS SOLIDWASTE
The philosophy of solid waste management will be to encourage the five R’s of waste i.e.
waste reduce, reuse, recycle, reject, and recover (materials & energy). This will result in
lesser reliance on land filling. Regular public awareness meetings will be conducted to
involve the residents in the proper solid waste management plan, options and techniques.
(i) Hazardous Waste Management

Hazardous substances such as paints, varnishes, used oil, acids & alkalis and other substances
used in industries as per Hazardous Waste Rules, 2008, which leads to degradation of
environmental parameters. So mitigation measures for hazardous waste shall be:
· Replacing hazardous substances with natural or eco-friendly substances
· The site for waste disposal should be checked to verify permeability so that no
contaminants percolate into the ground water or river/lake.
· Setting up of industrial establishments, using or generating hazardous waste should be
away from habitation
· Disposal of hazardous waste should be as per Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling
and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2008.
· Waste disposal areas should be planned down-wind of villages and townships.
· Reactive materials should be disposed of by immobilizing the reactive materials with
suitable additives.

· The pattern of filling disposal site should be planned to create better landscape and be
approved by appropriate agency and the appropriately pretreated solid wastes should be
disposed according to the approved plan.
· Hazardous waste (Spent Oil) will be stored at separate place. Used oil will be sold off to
authorized recyclers while there will be buy-back arrangements with the supplier for DG
Set batteries.
· Intensive programs of tree plantation on disposal areas should be undertaken.
· Authorized vendors to be appointed by GNIDA/SPCB
· Job rotation and PPE to workers in zone of influence
· Public education and general awareness
· Strict vigilance and severe penalties to defaulters
(ii) E- waste
E-waste from industries shall be categorized into two parts:
· Generation of electronic waste (monitors, computer and its components, printers,
cartridges, used batteries, etc) from various government, public and private industrial
sectors ( i.e. 70% contribution)
· E-waste shall constitute of wastes such as: Tube lights, LED’s, bulbs, electric
appliances, and several other items.
Mitigation measures for E-waste generated from industrial sectors shall be:
· The concept of Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) should be followed.
· The EPR is an environment protection strategy that makes the producer responsible for
the entire life cycle of the product, specially for take back, recycle and final disposal of
the product
· State Pollution Control Boards were made responsible for enforcement of the guideline
Government assistance for Treatment, storage and Disposal Facilities.
· Recognizing the unorganized sector in India where people living in close proximity to
dumps or landfills of untreated E-waste.
· All personnel involved in handling e-waste in industries including those at the policy,
management, control and operational levels, should be properly qualified and trained.
· Companies can and should adopt waste minimization techniques, which will make a
significant reduction in the quantity of e-waste generated and thereby lessening the impact
on the environment.
· Manufacturers of computer monitors, television sets and other electronic devices
containing hazardous materials must be responsible for educating consumers and the
general public regarding the potential threat to public health and the environment posed
by their products.

· E-wastes should never be disposed with garbage and other household wastes.
· Waste prevention is perhaps more preferred to any other waste management option
including recycling.
Management of LEDs, bulb and tube light

· Various types of electrical and electronic wastes will be collected separately for
transportation to the authorized recyclers approved by the State/ CPCB.
· There would also be provision for storage of these wastes in the building before
transportation.
· Separate bin for e-waste will be provided at the common waste disposal point.
· 5 R concepts should be followed.
· LEDs garbage or any other mercury-containing products would never be thrown in the
general.
· For safe disposal, e-waste shall be collected separately and handover to authorized
vendors by CPCB.
(iii) Biomedical Waste

Generation of biomedical waste will be from hospitals or dispensaries located in industries
which include Human tissue, blood bandages, soiled cotton, dressings, Viral and bacterial
infected, syringes, blood & urine bags, IV bottles and tubing, etc.
Mitigation measures for biomedical waste generated from hospitals shall be:
· Disposal of biomedical waste should be as per Bio-medical Wastes (Management and
Handling) Rules, 1998
· Authorized vendors to be appointed by GNIDA/SPCB.
· Job rotation and PPE to workers in zone of influence.
· Strict vigilance and severe penalties to defaulters.
(iv) Non Hazardous Waste Management
Non-hazardous waste is waste that does not meet the EPA’s definition of hazardous
waste.Industrial nonhazardous waste consists primarily of manufacturing process wastes from
sectors such as organic and inorganic chemicals, primary iron and steel, plastics and resin
manufacturing, stone, clay, glass and concrete, pulp and paper, and food and kindred
products, including wastewater and non-wastewater sludges and solids, and construction and
demolition materials.
Management measures for non-hazardous waste shall be:

· Source reduction is the design, manufacture, and use of products in a way that reduces
the quantity and toxicity of waste produced when the products reach the end of their
useful lives.
· The separation and collection of byproduct materials, their subsequent transformation or
remanufacture into usable or marketable products or materials, and the purchase of
products made from recyclable materials.
· Treatment can also make a waste amenable for reuse or recycling.
· provide facility managers, state and tribal regulators, and the interested public with
recommendations and tools to better address the management of land-disposed, non-
hazardous industrial wastes,
(v) Municipal Solid Waste Management

Generation of municipal solid waste will be from day to day operations and the labourers
working in industries, which leads to degradation of environmental parameters.
The management of municipal solid waste shall comprise of following main activities:
Collection and Segregation of waste
· Proper designated waste collection agencies or centers

· Waste collection and segregation into biodegradable, non-biodegradable
· Proper disposal sites, away from habitation
· Treatment of biodegradable waste and recycle of waste.
· Recyclable waste will be sold to authorized agencies.
· Adequate number of colored bins (green and Blue - separate for Bio-degradable and Non
Bio-degradable) are proposed to be provided
· Provision of temporary storage of solid waste shall be done for 48 hours at site.
· Allocation of landfill sites by GNIDA/SPCB
· MSW Rules 2000, to be strictly enforced with penalty clause for defaulters
(vi) Transportation, Treatment & Disposal

Generated Solid waste shall be segregated & collected on common solid waste collection
center at site, from where it will be transported to the nearest landfill site by the hired waste
management/GNIDA for their treatment and disposal.
G. Noida has incorporated the MSW management as an integral part of development of the
township. GNIDA has already identified a site at village Astoli for MSW treatment and
disposal. Following steps have been proposed to GNIDA for collection, treatment and
disposal of MSW:

· Step 1: Segregation of MSW at source and collection
· Step 2: Transportation of MSW at facility
· Step 3: Segregation of MSW at facility for processing
· Step 4: Shredding of the compostable waste to desired particle size
· Step 5: Treatment of biodegradable waste through composting/ Biogas generation.
· Step 6: Disposal of non-biodegradable waste into sanitary landfill facility.
Biogas Generation
Possibility of biogas generation from the solid waste collected from the present scheme has
also been worked out according to which 10-12 kg of waste generates 1cubic meter of biogas.
Since the quantity of waste generation w.r.t to biogas production is less in individual
industries and having biogas/electricity generation project is not financially viable so the
total waste generated will be disposed to competent authority which collects the total waste of
GNIDA and can be used to generate biogas in large quantities for use in bulk.
Bio-Composting
Bio-composting is an easy and simple process for the decomposition of organic wastes which
in turn can be used as manure or fertilizer. The process is also very cost effective.
21.8.6 Energy
Large amount of energy consumption in this sector implies a huge pressure on natural
resources used in energy generation. So, mitigative measures for the energy conservation
shall be:

· Replacement of diesel based gen sets with gas ones
· Promoting use of Solar panels for electricity generation.
· Promoting use of Solar Water Heating.
· Energy-audits
· Use of energy efficient appliances.
· Constant monitoring of energy consumption and defining targets for energy conservation.
· Adjusting the settings and illumination levels to ensure minimum energy used for desired
comfort levels.
· Use of LEDs and low voltage lighting.

· Sunscreen films on windows to reduce heating inside buildings
· Promoting awareness on energy consumption.
· Training staff on methods of energy conservation and to be vigilant to such opportunities
Architectural Design
• Public areas will be cooled by natural ventilation as opposed to air conditioning.
• Maximization of use of natural lighting through building design.
• To minimize environmental impacts of operations as by strict adherence to the EMP.
21.8.7 Biodiversity
Setting of basic infrastructure such as roads, parking lots, parks, etc. contributes to
biodiversity in industries.
Shrubs, vines, and small trees can be used to help the lot conform to city ordinances which
call for walls, fences, or densely planted compact hedges between the lot and adjoining
residential or institutional areas.
Tree and shrub buffers absorb gaseous, precipitate out dust by slowing the air speed from
exhaust fans, and deflect the odor plume into the atmosphere above the buffer, all in a very
cost-effective way.
The primary benefit from plant buffers installed near the industries is the improved visual
perception of the facility, but they also can reduce noise by up to 50%.
Windbreaks/buffers may also reduce the spread of specific infectious diseases in industrial
operations by blocking, intercepting or diverting wind-borne infectious organisms away from
buildings.
Windbreak/Buffer Design and Maintenance

Plant selection will vary depending on the site. Select plants based on the following factors:
· mature height and spread of the plant
· soil type
· drainage and moisture conditions
· wind conditions
· precipitation
· growth rate
· whether it is a native or introduced species
· location and distance from exhaust fans
· farm layout (location of roads and neighbors)
To maximize particulate trapping, select plants based on the following factors:

· high leaf surface roughness (plants with leaf hairs, leaf veins, and small leaf size)
· complex leaf shapes
· large leaf areas
· medium to rapid plant growth rates
Table 20.7: List of Plant Species to be planted in the Green Area

S.No Scientific Name Standard Name Time when flowering/Fruiting
Occurs
1 Ailanthus excelsa Maharuk January- March
2 Albizialabbeck Sirish January- March
3 Alibiziaprocera SafedSirish January- March
4 Alstoniascholaris Chitwan January- April
5 Anthocephaluscadamba Kadamb August-October
6 Azadirachtaindica Neem June-July
7 Bauhinia variegate Kanchan May-June
8 Buteamonosperma Palash February-April
9 Cassia Fistula Amaltas March-June
10 Emblicaofficinalis Amla January
11 Erythurinaindica Dadap July-August
12 DelonexRagia Gulmohar February-June
13 Mangiferaindica Aam April-July
14 Nyctanthesarbortristis Harsingar Throughout the year
15 Peltophorumpetrocarpurn Copper pod/Flame December-May
Yellow tree
16 Pongamiapinnata Karanj February-May
17 Spathodeacampamulata Pugtoora (African January- March
Tulip)
18 Syzyginumcurnint Jamun June-July
19 Tamarindusindica Imli March-April
20 Terminaliaarjuna Arjun April-July
21 CeibaPetandra Samal April-July

Fig 21.2: Plantation on road side nearby industries in Greater Noida
21.8.8 Socio-economic
It mainly constitutes the laborers and employees working in industries. Mitigation measures
for the occupational health problems and onsite risk and hazards shall be:
· Employing labour from nearby areas to minimize the chances of transmigration

· Identifying potential impacts of camps and relatedconstruction activities, including the
work forcerequirements and potential impacts on services andcommunities in the project
areas, impact on naturalresources such as forest produce and developingprocedure to
minimize the impacts.
· Direct work force local labour recruitment policy.
· Hawkers and pavement vendors to be regulated.
· Social management of potential risks associated with spontaneous camp followers.
· Management & Monitoring of health issues in theContractor’s camp area / work areas
which shallnecessarily include test for HIV.
· Provision of free or subsidizedcooked food or raw material such as kerosene oil, or LPG
toworkers.
· Community outreach & communication programme including resolution mechanism to
deal with issues andconcerns that they may arise during the constructionperiod.
· Code of Conduct – Work Force behavior.

· Detailed procedures for receiving and addressingcomplaints including a complaint
register.
· Educating the work force
· Communicating risks to workers
21.8.9 Environmental Management Cell (EMC)

In addition to preparing an EMP, it is also necessary to have a permanent organizational set
up to ensure its effective implementation. Hence, all industries will create a team consisting
of from various departments to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and
implementation of the environmental control measures. This team will undertake the
following activities:
1. Operation, maintenance and monitoring of the effluent.

2. Arrange periodical monitoring of air pollution, noise pollution.
3. Maintenance of roads, gardens, roadside plantations and aesthetic development along
roadsides and parks.
4. Proper collection and disposal of solid wastes.
5. Proper utilization of the recycled water.
6. Proper functioning of water harvesting system.
7. Proper maintenance of D.G. Sets.
8. Checking of Fire-fighting arrangements and first-aid boxes.
9. Checking of security arrangements.
10. Maintenance of records of power consumption for lifts, pump house, street lighting
and for other common services.
11. Keep records of expenditure on maintenance of lifts, parks, sub-station equipments
including industrial equipments, replacement of bulbs and tubes for street lighting and
common area.
12. Take immediate action in case of emergency arising due to accident, fire, gas leakage
or any natural disaster.
13. Updating of Emergency Action Plan.
14. Disaster Management Plan
15. Corporate Social Responsibility Scheme
21.8.10 Awareness and Training

Training and human resource development is an important link to achieve sustainable
operation of the facility and environmental management. For successful functioning of the
industries, relevant EMP shall be communicated to the following groups of people.

21.8.11 Environmental Audits and Corrective Action Plans
To assess whether the implemented EMP is adequate, periodic environmental audits will be
conducted by the Environmental Division of industries. These audits will be followed by
corrective action plans (CAP) to correct various issues identified during the audits.

22. Integrated City Development
The notified area of Greater Noida is surrounded by the cities of Noida, Ghaziabad,
Faridabad and Delhi. Each of these cities are being planned and developed as an urban centre.
If the administrative boundaries are ignored, the entire development in the surrounding region
is in the form of a large continuous stereotype urban agglomeration without any distinct
identity of the city. All these cities are being planned in isolation as individual entities.
Considering the surrounding urban agglomeration, the role of the Greater Noida city has been
envisaged as lung space for the region. The city is being planned and developed with a
marked difference in greenery and openness to provide relief from the urban sprawl.
The concept of green and openness coupled with state of the art infrastructure facilities
ensuring better quality of life than in Delhi and surrounding areas will be the key to
development of the city of Greater Noida.
Greater Noida in its totality is a combination of various sectors viz., Residential, Institutional
and Industrial along with inclusion of hospitality sector, such as hotels, hospitals and
commercial areas.
Predominantly Commercial, Institutional, Group Housing and Recreational uses are provided
along major transportation routes.
Adequate parking areas have been planned and detailed regulations framed, as per MoEF and
Greater Noida byelaws formed under the U.P. Industrial Area Development Act 1976
Social infrastructure includes a hierarchy of Health facilities, educational facilities, postal and
security services, the fighting services, distribution services, have been adequately planned at
city level and sector level.
Public –private partnership is already being practiced in infrastructure development.
The policies should be designed keeping in mind the nature of development, in accordance
with the holistic approach to the social and environmental issues.
The integrated EMP here discusses the impacts, their causes and mitigation measures, which
may greatly reduce the development footprint and bring about sustainable development, if
adopted and implemented with policy riders.

Table 22.1: EMP for Integrated City Development
S. Parameter Activity Environmental Management Measures Responsibility
Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
1. Land Setting of Impact on existing Nil - Since, the land use has already been GNIDA, EMC
Infrastructure land use fixed by GNIDA, considering the & Contractor
(Built various parameters such as terrain,
Environment): contour, and connectivity; there
would be no impact on the land use.
àFactories/Indust Land allotment for various
ries development should be as per the
àHousing/ land use approved by GNIDA
Residential
New construction or modernization
àEducational
of existing infrastructure encouraged
Institutes to be in conformity to NBC, ECBC &
àCommercial, GREHA building codes.
market places,
malls Number and placement of
Infrastructure areas to be closely
àPublic utility
monitored
services such as
parking, parks, Each new and existing unit shall be
gardens, stadiums, required to provide for parking
religious centers, provision, to check traffic jams,
vehicular pollution, auto thefts
libraries, hospitals
post offices, All developments to have minimum
community centers of said percentage of soft green, as
considered by appropriate by GNIDA

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
Quantity and Temporary low Top soil shall be conserved and used Contractor
characteristics of later for landscape designing.
top soil excavated
during
construction of
built environment
Erosion potential Temporary Moderate Excavation & construction activities Contractor/

and terrain would lead to loosening of soil, laborers
resulting in air & water erosion.
Soil excavation should be done

perpendicular to the terrain, to
minimize the loosening of soil
Excavated earth should be sprayed

with water or covered under tarpaulin
sheets to minimize air induced soil
erosion.
Proper drainage should be identified

to reduce the possibility of soil
erosion resulting from rain or other
sources of water flow.
Muck Disposal Temporary Moderate Muck generated during excavation Contractor.

and construction shall be disposed off GNIDA&
EMC

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
to authorized vendors
GNIDA should identify such vendors

and safe disposal methods, site &
possibilities of reutilization of muck
generated
Threat to Existing Degradation of such The existing heritage sites to be GNIDA, EMC
Conservation sites sites from industrial, protected by creating high impact shall facilitate
automobile fumes zones (such as industrial areas) away& assist the
àMonuments from them. agencies
àCity Forests Growing pressure on responsible for
Diversion of traffic route away from
àWater bodies natural resources on such sites to minimize the effect of
various
such sites due to regulations&
exhaust fumes
population growth Acts in
Assisting in proper upkeep and effective
maintenance of the sites implementation
through
Encircling the water body with awareness
plantation programmes,
Educating the students, citizens, consultations
putting up sign boards, placards etc.
Threat to Natural Reduction of such Identification of such spaces in the Contractor/

open spaces/ spaces to accommodate master plan laborers, EMC
Agricultural fields infrastructural
requirement for growing

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
population
Heat Island effect in

absence of such spaces
2 Air Setting up of Dust emissions Air pollution, Temporar · The excavated soil shall be OWNER,
Infrastructure: y & Low stored and used in landscaping GNIDA, EMC
CO2, CO, SO2, Health of onsite workers shall facilitate
· dust emissions shall be
àConstruction NOx, particulate & people coming in & assist the
controlled by regular sprinkling
activities matter emissions zone of influence agencies
of water during earthwork and
àSite preparation responsible for
construction various
àMovt. of
· Cement bags shall be placed in regulations&
vehicles
covered areas. Sand and bricks Acts in
àCement mixing
shall be covered with tarpaulin to effective
plants, crusher etc
avoid dispersion of material in implementation
àJCB, Poclain through
air
àloading/unloadi awareness
· The Contractor shall provide
ng of material programmes,
necessary certificates toconfirm
consultations
that all crushers used in
etc.
construction conforms relevant
dust emission control legislation.
· The Contractor shall ensure that

all vehicles, equipments and
machineries used for
construction areregularly

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
maintained and confirm that

pollutionemission levels comply
with the relevant requirementsof
State Pollution Control Board
(SPCB).
· Pollution under Check (PUC)

certificate mandatory for all
vehicles
· Appropriate Ventilation in
Underground works.
· Dust barriers in form of Green
belts to be planted
· PPE to workers working on site
D.G exhaust fumes Dust emissions Air pollution, Temporar · Proper acoustic enclosure for OWNER,
during both y & Low controlling noise should be GNIDA, EMC
construction and CO2, CO, SO2, Health of onsite workers
installed shall facilitate
NOx, particulate & people coming in & assist the
operation phase · Replacement of diesel based gen
matter emissions zone of influence agencies
sets with gas ones
responsible for
· Dust barriers in form of Green various
belts to be planted regulations&
· PPE to workers working on site Acts in
effective
implementation
through

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
awareness
programmes,
consultations
etc.
Flue gas from Dust emissions Air pollution, · Treatment of flue gas by use of OWNER,
industrial sector cyclone filters, bag house filters, GNIDA, EMC
CO2, CO, SO2, Health of onsite workers shall facilitate
scrubbers or even electrostatic
NOx, particulate & people coming in & assist the
precipitator before releasing it in
matter emissions zone of influence agencies
environment
responsible for
Acid Rain · Assisting SPCB in setting of various
strict exhaust norms and regulations&
Haziness proving a compliance vigil with fines/ Acts in
nuisance for lower strata penalty clause effective
air traffic · Surprise check on flue gas implementation
quality by SPCB through
· Green belt plantation in and awareness
programmes,
around industries
consultations
· Setting up of industrial zones
etc.
away from habitation
· Rewarding good environmental
performers.
3 Traffic Vehicular Air, Noise, soil Deterioration of air, Low · Strengthening of public transport OWNER,
Management movement in busy Pollution noise and soil quality GNIDA, EMC
areas such as Pari · Separate pathway for slow- shall facilitate
Deterioration of ground moving traffic (bicycles, & assist the

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
Chowk Oil spills water quality by rickshaws etc.) agencies

leaching effect responsible for
Restlessness due · Traffic congestion at Pari Chowk various
to traffic jams to be reduced by making regulations&
alternate roads. Acts in
effective
· Dedicated pick up points at implementation
junctions. through
awareness
· Impact of Delhi-Mumbai programmes,
Industrial Corridor (DMIC) to be consultations
studied, the periodic monitoring etc.
of the ambient airquality, noise
level, water quality, soil
pollution/contamination to be
done, to identify impacts and
suggest mitigations
4 Water Effluent discharge Contamination of Loss of aquatic High · Ban on untreated effluent OWNER,
from factories/ water bodies biodiversity discharge in water bodies GNIDA, EMC
industries · Setting of strict discharge/ shall facilitate
Biological Health problems to & assist the
exhaust norms and compliance
magnification people coming in sphere agencies
vigil with fine/ penalty clause
of influence responsible for
Increased pressure · Mandate for setting of STP various
on ground water Lowering of ground · Recycling of water within the regulations&
due to surface water table industry to meet water Acts in
water requirement for low end uses effective

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
contamination · Regular checks on quality of implementation

discharge going to CSTP through
· Decentralization of CSTP, if awareness
programmes,
possible.
consultations
etc.
Catchment · Backflow of · Loss of human lives, High · Scientific and technical GNIDA, EMC
management water in cattles, infrastructure, management of catchment. shall facilitate
Yamuna, Hindon wetlands · Minimum disturbance to & assist the
River & Kasna wetlands agencies
· Diversion of waste or responsible for
drains
contaminated water in wetlands various
· Eutrophication to be banned. regulations&
Acts in
effective
implementation
through
awareness
programmes,
consultations
etc.
· Provision of · Depletion of · Water shortage in near Moderate · Municipal supply should be as GNIDA, EMC
potable water for ground water future per norms shall facilitate
city’s use table · Aquifer recharge to be & assist the
· Health problems augmented by RWH pits agencies
Source: · Pressure on · Proper disposal of hazardous responsible for
substances to avoid leaching and various

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
1.Ground water, irrigation water thus contamination of ground regulations&

water Acts in
2. Ganga water · Pollution of · Recycling water to reduce effective
ground water due pressure on ground water. implementation
to leaching through
awareness
· Contamination of programmes,
water bodies due consultations
to human etc.
habitation
Domestic waste · Improper · Contamination of Moderate · GNIDA, EMC

Treatment of waste water in STP
water generation disposal of waste surface/ ground water shall facilitate
before releasing it in CSTP or
and disposal water nearby agricultural fields & assist the
· Water shortage in near · agencies
Dual plumbing and recycling of
· Harm to future water to meet water requirement
responsible for
biodiversity for low end uses various
· Health problems · Proper disposal through
regulations&
· Eutrophication channelized drainages Acts in
· Epidemics · Mandate for setting of STP effective
· Health issues · Regular checks on quality of implementation
· Loss of both aquatic through
discharge going to CSTP
and terrestrial awareness
biodiversity · Decentralization of CSTP, if
programmes,
possible.
consultations
· Incentives to save water
etc.
· Intelligent irrigation system;
· Installation of automatic water

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
sprinklers
· Using recycled water from
CSTP.
Increased fresh · Depletion of · Water crisis Moderate · Rain water harvesting (RWH) Owner,
water demand ground water due to high pits, a mandatory requirement for GNIDA, EMC
to fresh water all development units of shall facilitate
& assist the
requirement in specified size/ built up area
agencies
various sectors · At least 1 RWH pit per 100m2
responsible for
· The storm water drains should be various
intercepted at strategic locations regulations&
and rainwater should be diverted Acts in
into recharge wells effective
· The recharge wells should be implementation
provided with recharge bores to through
facilitate the recharge. awareness
programmes,
· Layers of filtering material like
consultations
boulders, pebbles and coarse sand
etc.
inside the recharge well ensure
efficient filtration
· A comprehensive rain water
recharge scheme will be
developed.
· Development & maintenance of
ponds/ water bodies.

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
5 Noise & Factories/ · Noise pollution · Human health issues Moderate · Allocation of industries away Owner,
vibrations Industrial such as hypertension, from habitation. GNIDA, EMC
operations tinnitus, high stress · Optimum selection of machinery shall facilitate
levels, hearing loss, tools or equipment reduces & assist the
excess noise levels agencies
sleep disturbances or
· Using acoustic enclosures for responsible for
even hearing loss noisy operations various
· Job rotation and PPE to workers regulations&
· Disturbance to flora
in zone of influence Acts in
and fauna by · Noise barriers such as shock effective
changing the delicate mounted assemblies, physical implementation
balance in predator or barriers, green belts through
prey detection and · Proper foundations, rubber awareness
avoidance, and padding etc. to reduce the noise programmes,
interfering the use of levels caused by vibrations consultations
the sounds in · Proper lubrication and etc.
maintenance of machines,
communication,
vehicles etc
reproduction and in · Use of suitable noise absorbing
navigation material for wall/ door/ window/
ceiling
· Damage to material: · Stringent noise level norms and
The buildings and penalty in case of non-adherence.
materials may get
damaged by exposure
to infrasonic /
ultrasonic waves and

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
even get collapsed.
· Construction · Noise pollution Low to · Optimum selection of machinery Owner,

activities Moderate tools or equipment reduces GNIDA, EMC
excess noise levels shall facilitate
· Movt. of vehicles · Using acoustic enclosures for & assist the
noisy operations agencies
· Loading and · Job rotation and PPE to workers responsible for
unloading of in zone of influence various
materials -------------do----------- · Proper lubrication and regulations&
maintenance of machines, Acts in
· Machinery vehicles etc effective
operations · PUC vehicles implementation
· Noise barriers such as physical through
barriers, green belts awareness
· Stringent noise level norms and programmes,
penalty in case of non-adherence consultations
etc.
· Traffic · Noise pollution Moderate · PUC vehicles Owner,

Operations · Noise barriers such as physical GNIDA, EMC
barriers, green belts shall facilitate
· Heavy vehicles not to be allowed & assist the
-------------do-------------
near habitation or allowed only agencies
with time restrictions responsible for
· Noisy vehicles not to be allowed various
near sensitive areas regulations&
· Identifying critical no-horn zones Acts in

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
· Emission standards for road and effective

non road vehicles implementation
· Initiation of monitoring and through
modeling program especially for awareness
areas such as Pari Chowk and programmes,
DMIC consultations
· Low noise road surfaces etc.
· Guidance of traffic flow by
electronic measures
· Stringent noise level norms and
penalty in case of non-adherence
· Domestic · Noise pollution Low · selective and judicious operation Owner, RWA
sectors: of commodities
· using noise absorbers such as
radio, tape carpets
---------------do-----------
recorders, · public education and general
television sets, awareness
mixers, washing · RWA vigil and penalties
machines,
cooking
operations
· Blaring · Noise pollution High · Ban on loudspeakers near GNIDA, EMC

loudspeakers/ sensitive areas shall facilitate
music during · Noise threshold limit to be & assist the
strictly adhered to agencies
marriage, ---------------do-----------
· Ban on loud noise causing responsible for
festivals, rallies
disturbance to neighbourhood

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
etc. · Stringent noise level norms and various

penalty in case of non-adherence regulations&
· Fines/ penalties from defaulters Acts in
· Green belt development to act as effective
noise barrier implementation
through
awareness
programmes,
consultations
etc.
6 Energy · Consumption in · Large amount of Depletion of natural High · Maximization of use of natural Owner,
industrial sector energy resources such as coal, lighting through building design. GNIDA, EMC
consumption in petrol, diesel etc. · Passive solar cooling, utilizing shall facilitate
this sector building shading through & assist the
Oil spills overhangs agencies
implies a huge
· Public areas will be cooled by responsible for
pressure on natural ventilation as opposed to various
natural resources air conditioning. regulations&
used in energy · Replacement of diesel based gen Acts in
generation sets with gas ones effective
· Promoting use of Solar panels for implementation
electricity generation through
· Use of energy efficient awareness
appliances. programmes,
· Energy-audits consultations
· Constant monitoring of energy etc.
consumption and defining targets

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
for energy conservation.

· Adjusting the settings and
illumination levels to ensure
minimum energy used for desired
comfort levels.
· Use of LEDs and low voltage
lighting.
· Sunscreen films on windows to
reduce heating inside buildings
· Promoting awareness on energy
consumption.
· Training staff on methods of
energy conservation and to be
vigilant to such opportunities
· Energy · Large amount of Low · Maximization of use of natural Owner, RWA,
consumption by energy lighting through building design. GNIDA, EMC
residential/ consumption in · Passive solar cooling, utilizing shall facilitate
building shading through & assist the
educational this sector
overhangs agencies
sector implies a huge
· Public areas will be cooled by responsible for
pressure on natural ventilation as opposed to various
natural resources air conditioning. regulations&
--------------do------------
used in energy · Replacement of diesel based gen Acts in
generation sets with biofuel or biogas ones effective
· Promoting use of Solar panels for implementation
electricity generation through
· Use of LEDs and low voltage awareness
lighting. programmes,

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
· Sunscreen films on windows to consultations

reduce heating inside buildings etc.
· Promoting awareness on energy
consumption
· New construction or
modernization of existing
infrastructure to be in conformity
to NBC, ECBC & GREHA
building codes.
· Energy · Large amount of Moderate · Energy-audits GNIDA, EMC
consumption in energy · Setting up of waste-to-energy shall facilitate
--------------do------------ plant to recycle and reuse waste, & assist the
public sector- consumption in
reducing the stress on natural agencies
parks, streets, this sector
resources. responsible for
metro implies a huge
· Economically viable solar power various
pressure on generation regulations&
natural resources · Promoting use of Solar panels for Acts in
used in energy electricity generation effective
generation · Use of LEDs and low voltage implementation
lighting. through
· Public areas will be cooled by awareness
natural ventilation as opposed to programmes,
air conditioning consultations
· Replacement of diesel based gen etc.
sets with biofuel ones
· Use of energy efficient
appliances.

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
7 Hazardous · Use of hazardous · Degradation of Long term effects such Moderate · Replacing hazardous substances Owner of waste
Waste substances such environmental as contamination of soil, to high with natural or eco friendly generating unit,
as paints, parameters such ground water, air, land substances GNIDA, EMC
varnishes and as land, air, · Setting up of industrial shall facilitate
establishments, using or & assist the
other substances water, soil
generating hazardous waste agencies
as per Hazardous should be away from habitation responsible for
Waste Rules, · Disposal of hazardous waste various
2008 should be as per Hazardous regulations&
Wastes (Management,Handling Acts in
and Transboundary Movement) effective
Rules, 2008 implementation
· Authorized vendors to be through
appointed by GNIDA/SPCB awareness
· Job rotation and PPE to workers programmes,
in zone of influence consultations
· Public education and general etc.
awareness
· Strict vigilance and severe
penalties to defaulters
8 Biomedical · Generation of · Degradation of Long term effects such Moderate · Disposal of biomedical waste Owner of waste
Waste Biomedical environmental as contamination of soil, to high should be as per Bio-medical generating unit,
Waste such as parameters such ground water, air, land Wastes (Management and GNIDA, EMC
Handling) Rules, 1998 shall facilitate
waste in as land, air,
· Authorized vendors to be & assist the
laboratory, water, soil
appointed by GNIDA/SPCB agencies
hospitals, · Job rotation and PPE to workers responsible for
dispensaries etc. · Health issues in zone of influence various

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
· Human tissue, · Aesthetic · Strict vigilance and severe regulations&

deterioration penalties to defaulters Acts in
· blood bandages, effective
implementation
· soiled cotton through
awareness
· dressings, programmes,
consultations
· Viral
etc.
andbacterial
infected
· syringes, blood
& urine bags,
· IV bottles and
tubing, aprons,
gloves
9 Municipal · Generation of · Degradation of Long term effects such Moderate · Proper designated waste Owner of waste
Solid Waste city waste from environmental as contamination of soil, to high collection agencies or centers generating unit,
day to day parameters such ground water, air, land · Waste collection and segregation GNIDA, EMC
into biodegradable, non- shall facilitate
operation as land, air,
biodegradable & assist the
water, soil
· Proper disposal sites, away from agencies
· Health issues habitation responsible for
· Treatment of biodegradable waste various
· Aesthetic and recycle of waste. regulations&

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
deterioration · Allocation of landfill sites by Acts in

GNIDA/SPCB effective
· MSW Rules 2000 & their implementation
amendments, to be strictly through
enforced with penalty clause for awareness
defaulters programmes,
consultations
etc.
10 Biodiversity · Setting of basic · Deforestation · Threat to biodiversity Low · Green belt development, road side GNIDA, EMC
infrastructure plantation, avenue plantation shall facilitate
such as roads, · Soil erosion · Compensatory Afforestation for & assist the
parking lots, trees cut as per approval from agencies
· Habitat loss concerned authorities responsible for
parks, stadiums
· City forests (Gulistan PF Block, various
etc · Loss of species Rampur Jagir PF Block, regulations&
Murshidpur PF Block, Amarpur Acts in
· Impact on animal/ PF Block and Surajpur wetlands effective
avifaunal route are being developed, with implementation
evergreen trees, along with Forest through
· Variation in local Dept. awareness
climate · Roadside/ Avenue plantation programmes,
should include both indigenous consultations
and evergreen trees as well as etc.
exotic ornamental species
· Development of River Front,
Surajpur Wetlands and Kot
Escape, and conservation of the

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
same.
· plantation around water bodies
· Setting up of · Deforestation · Soil erosion Low · Green belt development, road side GNIDA, EMC
commercial/ plantation, avenue plantation shall facilitate
residential and · Habitat loss · Habitat loss · Compensatory Afforestation for & assist the
educational trees cut as per approval from agencies
· Loss of species concerned authorities responsible for
infrastructure
· Roadside/ Avenue plantation various
· Impact on animal/ should include both indigenous regulations&
avifaunal route and evergreen trees as well as Acts in
exotic ornamental species effective
· Variation in local · Atleast 33% of total plot area to implementation
climate be developed as green. through
· Plantation to be a mix of awareness
· Reduced ecosystem evergreen and ornamental plants programmes,
productivity · Flowering and fruiting trees to consultations
attract local avifauna etc.
· Reduced ecosystem
resilience
· Biological invasions
and introduction of
exotics
· Disposal of · Pollution in · Loss of species · Wetlands to be preserved against GNIDA, EMC

waste in critical critical habitat any pollution shall facilitate
habitat such as · Reduction in · City forests (Gulistan PF Block, & assist the
RF, wetlands, Rampur Jagir PF Block, agencies

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
PF, sanctuary groundwater recharge Murshidpur PF Block, Amarpur responsible for

PF Block and Surajpur wetlands various
· Pollution of water are being developed, with regulations&
sources evergreen trees, along with Forest Acts in
Dept. effective
· Reduced ecosystem · Development of River Front, implementation
productivity Surajpur Wetlands and through
KotEscape, and conservation of awareness
the same. programmes,
· 20 m evergreen tree plantation consultations
around water bodies etc.
· General education and awareness
· Colonization; · Threat to RF, · Disturbance to Moderate · Green belt development, road side GNIDA, EMC
Heat Island wetlands, PF, animals/ avifaunal plantation, avenue plantation shall facilitate
Effect sanctuary routes · The trees should poses extensive & assist the
foliar area to provide maximum agencies
· Incidences of impinging surface for continued responsible for
poaching and illegal efficient adsorption and various
absorption of pollutants. regulations&
trade
· The trees should be fast growing Acts in
· Variation in local and indigenous and should effective
maintain ecological, land and implementation
climate
hydrological balance of the through
region. awareness
· It is also recommended to plant programmes,
few trees, which are sensitive to consultations
air pollution, as air pollution etc.
indicator.

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
· Keeping in view the climatic

conditions, status of soils and
vegetation types in and around the
project area, the species will be
selected for proposed green belt
development
· Compensatory Afforestation for
trees cut as per approval from
concerned authorities
· City forests (Gulistan PF Block,
Rampur Jagir PF Block,
Murshidpur PF Block, Amarpur
PF Block and Surajpur wetlands
are being developed, with
evergreen trees, along with Forest
Dept.
· Roadside/ Avenue plantation
should include both indigenous
and evergreen trees as well as
exotic ornamental species
· Development of River Front,
Surajpur Wetlands and Kot
Escape, and conservation of the
same.
· Control measures for forest fire
such as fire line
· 130 water bodies (ponds) to be
developed

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
· 20 m evergreen tree plantation

around water bodies
· Firewood · Threat to flora · Would result in Low · Onsite facilities to be provided for Contractor,
extraction by and fauna reduced ecosystem labourers Labours
Labourers and productivity · Tree felling should be banned
workers colony · Provision of free or subsidized
· Rampant firewood cooked food or cooking fuel such
extraction or lopping as kerosene oil, or LPG
could permanently toworkers.
damage some trees
and reduce their
regeneration potential
· Wood cutting during

flowering and fruiting
will result in reduced
number of propagules
for regeneration
11 Socio- Urbanisation of · Pollution · Loss of agricultural High · Allocation of various land use to
economic Villages land be done only after careful
· Loss of flora, research
fauna · Heat island effect · Loss of agricultural fields, flora
and fauna should be duly
· Concretization · Rise in population, compensated elsewhere
attracting migrants · Integration of rural and urban
areas through various

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
development schemes
· Integration of rural population
through education, awareness and
various vocational courses
· Labour activity · Social · Positive impacts on Low to · Employing labour from nearby Contractor,
Management socio-economic moderate areas to minimize transmigration GNIDA shall
condition of the people · Identifying potential impacts of facilitate &
· Possible camps and related construction assist the
transmigration · Occupational health activities, including the work agencies
problems force requirements and potential responsible for
impacts on services and various
· Onsite Risk and communities in the project areas, regulations&
hazard impact on naturalresources such Acts in
as forest produce and developing effective
procedure to minimise the implementation
impacts. through
· Provision of free or subsidized awareness
cooked food or cooking fuel such programmes,
as kerosene oil, or LPG to
consultations
workers by the contractor.
etc.
· Provision of facilities like crèche,
mobile toilets by the contractor
· Community outreach &
communication programme
including resolution mechanism
to deal with issues and concerns
that may arise during the
construction period.

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
· Code of Conduct – Work Force

behaviour.
· Detailed procedures for receiving
and addressing complaints
including a complaint register.
· Educating the work force
· Communicating risks to workers
· Mushrooming · Violence due to · Unhygienic conditions Low to · Secondary settlements such as GNIDA, EMC
slums social disparity moderate slums to be eliminated by shall facilitate
· Temporary health introducing EWS/ LIG housing & assist the
· Unrest due to disorders which may facilities. agencies
unequal lead to serious · Various development schemes responsible for
distribution of altercations such as free education, vocational various
courses to be provided regulations&
resources
· Injury or even death in · CSR activities to be directed in Acts in
· Aesthetics case of violence such a way that needy are effective
benefitted implementation
deterioration
· R & R issues to be tackled through
· Problems related amicably awareness
· Subsidies on utility items programmes,
to illegal
· Community outreach & consultations
colonization such
communication programme etc.
as water, · Management & Monitoring of
electricity health issues by setting of medical
constrains, camps
sewage disposal · Conducting a risk and hazard
camp for people living in slums

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
· Collection of · Epidemics · Unhygienic conditions Moderate · Puddles formed to be filled GNIDA, EMC
waste in drains, to high immediately with construction shall facilitate
pools or open · Temporary health debris & assist the
puddles; even disorders which may · Fumigation in parks & streets agencies
lead to serious · Free check-up camps responsible for
coolers
altercations · Identification of water related various
disease vectors, adequacy of regulations&
local control and curative Acts in
measure, etc. effective
· Education and awareness through implementation
radio broadcast or multimedia through
awareness
programmes,
consultations
etc.
· Vulnerable · Safety of · adverse living · Facilitating women's access to GNIDA, EMC

Sections vulnerable conditions appropriate, affordable and user- shall facilitate
section: friendly health care services & assist the
· loss of respect, · Initiating Health awareness drives agencies
· Children dealing with the sexually responsible for
· desertion, transmitted infections/ diseases various
(STDs), HIV/AIDS and other regulations&
· psychological abuses, sexual and reproductive health Acts in
· Females issues, through various media and effective
· decline of dignity and education syllabus implementation
honour, · Assisting in provision of special through
attention to the already identified awareness

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
· Senior Citizen · health problems, low literacy pockets (socially programmes,

disadvantaged groups viz. SC, consultations
· physical abuse and STs, OBCs, Minorities, Disabled, etc.
violence, etc.) and education schemes such
as free supply of uniforms and
· financialproblems text books, mid-day meals,
scholarships, flexible school
timings, free education for
deserving students and vocational
courses shall be introduced
· Stressing on safety of females in
various social circles such as
schools, colleges, offices shall be
enforced by flashing helpline
nos., day light work hours,
responsible pick and drop service,
awareness and training
· Facilitating assistance in job/
accommodation verification by
local police, NGOs to young
women and girls, who migrate to
the city in search of jobs and later
become victims of various
circumstances and social/moral
danger
Working Children (Child Labour) GNIDA, EMC

· Assistance in Enforcing the shall facilitate

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
ongoing legal (The Child Labour & assist the

(Prohibition and Regulation) Act, agencies
1986) and other remedial cum responsible for
rehabilitative measures to eliminate various
Child Labour regulations&
· Facilitating functional literacy/ Acts in
vocational training programmes and effective
recreational facilities after workingimplementation
hours for the overall development through
of the working children awareness
programmes,
Child Trafficking (Child
consultations
Prostitution)
etc.
· Facilitating implementation of
Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act,
1956 (as amended in 1986)
· Assisting NGOs in Rehabilitation
for those weaned out / withdrawn
from the profession not only to
keep them away from profession
but also to keep them tied with
alternative developmental avenues
Street Children
· Assisting implementation of
Juvenile Justice Act, 1986
· Assistance in restoring the children
either back to their own families or GNIDA, EMC
place them with Foster Families shall facilitate

Impacts Magnitude
No Issues
· Assistance in non-institutional & assist the

services for those who are destitute, agencies
parentless or whose parents are responsible for
suffering from infectious/ various
communicable diseases regulations&
Acts in
Senior Citizens effective
· Assisting vulnerable section implementation
· Assisting in Implementation of through
National Policy, 1999 for Older awareness
Persons and The Maintenance and
programmes,
Welfare of
consultations
· Assisting in implementation of
etc.
Parents and Senior Citizens Act
2007 to empower elderly persons,
to provide shelter, health care and
nutrition, financial security,
protection of life andproperty etc.
for their welfare.
· Constitution of old age homes to
look after the elderlies, in case they
are left abandoned.

POST PROJECT MONITORING PROGRAMME
Table 22.2: Environmental Monitoring Program

Particulars Sectors Parameters Standards Location Frequency
Residential, 24 hourly 24 hourly * 365
As per CPCB Norms
Commercial & PM10. PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, and Pb NAAQS, days Online
Environmental Sensitive Areas
Institutional Sectors 2011 CPCB Monitoring in
should be covered
consultation with
Ambient Air
UPPCB
Quality
PM10. PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, Ozone 24 hourly 24 hourly * 365
As per CPCB Norms
days Online
(O3), Lead (Pb), Ammonia (NH3), NAAQS,
Environmental Sensitive Areas Monitoring in
Industrial Sectors Benzene (C6H6), Bezo(a)pyrene (BaP), 2011 CPCB consultation with
should be covered UPPCB
Arsenic (As), and Nickel (Ni).
Residential, CPCB for Pre-monsoon and
As per CPCB Norms
Post Monsoon
Ambient Commercial & Leq (Day and Night) Ambient
Environmental Sensitive Areas Season
Noise Quality Institutional and L10, L50, L90, noise quality
should be covered
Industrial Sectors
Residential, Physical, Chemical and Micro- IS 10500 Pre-monsoon and
Ground As per CPCB Norms
Post Monsoon
Commercial & biological parameters (32 parameters) 2012
Water Environmental Sensitive Areas Season
Institutional and
Quality should be covered
Industrial Sectors
Surface Residential, Physical, Chemical and Micro- Pre-monsoon and

As per CPCB Norms
Post Monsoon
Water Commercial biological parameters including IS 10500

Quality &Institutional and Pesticides and radioactive elements 2012 should be covered
Industrial Sectors
Residential, Physical: Texture, Grain Size CPCB norms Pre-monsoon and
As per CPCB Norms
Post Monsoon
Commercial & Distribution, Gravel, Sand, Silt, Clay;
Soil Quality Institutional and Chemical: pH, Conductivity, Ca, Mg,
should be covered
Industrial Sectors NA, K, SAR, TKN, P, Organic matter,
Porosity, Permeability and CEC etc.
Residential, pH, Colour, Odour, Conductivity, CPCB norms Daily as per
Domestic As per CPCB Norms
CPCB Norms
Commercial & TDS, BOD, DO, COD, Oil & Grease.
Waste Water
Institutional Sectors
pH, Colour, Odour, Conductivity, CPCB norms Environmental Sensitive Areas Daily as per
Industrial should be covered CPCB Norms
Industrial Sectors TDS, BOD, DO, COD, Oil & Grease,
Waste Water
Heavy Metals and

22.1 Environmental Management Cell
In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular monitoring of various
environmental components is necessary. This is a generalized EMS for the Greater Noida Master
Plan 2021, however, every development unit (industrial, commercial, educational or residential)
will establish a dedicated Environmental cell to monitor and analyse the various environmental
components of the unit.
22.2 Environmental Monitoring
Monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular basis to ascertain
the following:
· State of pollution within the city and in its vicinity;

· Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect ofPollution.
· Examine the efficiency of Pollution Control Systems installed in various units
· To assess and monitor environmental impacts
The following monitoring programme has been proposed to monitor various environmental
components.
A. Meteorology
Automatic weather monitoring stations would be installed within the city for proper measurement
and record of meteorological parameters.
B. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
To determine the extent to which various development units contributes to pollution in the area, a
AAQ monitoring along with the stack monitoring will be carried out. It is also proposed to monitor
particulate emission qualitatively as per norms. The stack monitoring data will be utilized to keep a
continuous check on the performance of various units.
C. Wastewater Sampling
The wastewater samples will be collected regularly both at inlet and outlet of sewage treatment
plant to assess the performance and compliance as per the norms.
D. Environmental Laboratory
A full-fledged environmental laboratory shall be established in the citywith the following

equipment.
1. Stack Monitoring Kit,
2. High Volume Sampler(RDS)

3. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Equipment,
4. Digital Anemometer
5. Water Testing Kit, BOD Incubator,
6. Rain Gauge
7. TDS meter (Digital)
8. Hygrometer
9. Dust Samplers,
10. Noise Level Meter,
11. pH Meter,
12. Spectrophotometer,
13. Portable Flue Gas Analyzer
14. Continuous Weather Monitoring Station to measure, Wind Direction, Wind Speed, Humidity
and Temperature.

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL
GNIDA SPCB
ENVIRONMENTAL CELL
HOD, Environment
BUILT TRAFFIC AIR/ WATER/ DISASTER

BIODIVERSITY SOCIO ECONOMIC
INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT LAND/ NOISE MANAGEMENT
WASTE
DISPOSAL FIRE
INDUSTRIAL/ ROADS LANDSCAPING SLUMS/ R&R
(Medical, MSW,
COMMERCIAL Hazardous)
RESIDENTIAL RF/ PF/ EARTHQUAKE

PARKING RWH/ DRAINS/ WETLANDS EPIDEMICS
STP
EDUCATIONAL NATIVE/ FLOOD

ENCROACHMEN INTRODUCED VULNERABLE
TS LABORATORY SPS. SECTIONS
COMMERCIAL
TRANSPORTATIO ZOO/ KANJI HOUSE/
N VIGILANCE VETERNIARIES

22.3 Land Suitability Analysis and Protection & Conservation of Resources
To prepare the most scientific and specific land it is important that the potential index analysis is
carried out to study the physical aspects of thearea and then arrive at the suitable location of the
various landuses.
(a) Proximity to linkage:

It is observed that development pattern generally follows the transportationcorridors because of
high accessibility. A simulation exercise was carriedout to identify these areas under development
pressure based on theirdistance from transportation corridors. Identification of these areas
andincluding them in the urbanisable area will ensure planned and controlleddevelopment as
opposed to haphazard growth, which is seen in most cities.
(b) Proximity to existing settlements:

The areas close to the already existing settlements are also under higherdevelopment pressure. Past
experiences have revealed that the pocketsclose to settlements are bound to witness unauthorized
haphazarddevelopment if unattended. Greater Noida Township, flanked by flourishingtownships of
NOIDA and Ghaziabad, is likely to witness growth patterninfluenced by the surrounding
townships. Hence, an exercise has beencarried to identify the growth pattern influenced by location
of the existingtownships abutting Greater Noida along with the settlements located withinthe
notified area and provide for them in the plan.
(c) Ground water availability:

Ground water is an important source of water supply in most of the citiesacross the country.
Unfortunately most of the ground water aquifers inthese cities are depleting at an alarming rate due
to over exploitation anddecrease in recharge supporting areas. Hence, location of the
urbanisablearea and strategic distribution of landuses can play a pivotal role inarresting these
depleting levels. The availability of ground water and location of recharge areas have been
considered while locating thelanduses.
(d) Soil type and soil bearing capacity:

Characteristics of soil namely, infiltration rate, fertility etc that varies with soiltypes are of utmost
importance for determining the location of various landusessuch as industrial, agriculture etc Soil
bearing capacity is an important factor determining the economics of construction activity. Hence,
bearing capacity across the Greater Noida notified area has been studied with an aim to develop
aneconomically efficient city.
(e) Drainage Pattern

The rivulets, nalas, surface water bodies etc form an integral part of anylandform and help in
effectively draining off the area. Retaining thesenatural features in the development plan can help
to achieve a city thatsupports an intelligently planned physical infrastructure.
(f) Proximity to ecologically sensitive areas:

Lohia Lake and surrounding forest area which supports wetland ecology, is prone to be disturbed
by development activity in its vicinity. Hence, careful assigningof landuse has to be made in this
region. Similarly areas in proximity to otherforestland, river Hindon and other ecologically
sensitive areas in Greater Noidaalso need to be planned carefully.
(g) The composite results of the above mentioned aspects were obtained on super imposition of the
suitability based on variousparameters by giving due weightages to them. Accordingly,
thefollowing zones were identified –
(g-1) Areas most suitable and moderately suitable for urbanization.
(g-2) Areas away from main approaches and should be taken up as last priority for urbanization.
(g-3) Ecologically sensitive areas not suitable for urban development.
(g-4) Ground water recharge areas not suitable for urbandevelopment.
On the above basis, the urbanisable area has been planned.
Integration of Existing Developments with Proposed Plans

The Master Plan 2021 has been conceptualized keeping in mind the existing infrastructure and
linking it with planned development proposed for further development in the expansion area.
Future Environmentally Sustainable Development Strategy

Sustainable development is the concept on which the city of Greater Noida is planned, and the
same would be applied in future developments too. Since the phasing in the Master Plan 2021 has
been done keeping in mind the suitability of land use for various sectors planned in the city, no
amendments in Master Plan 2021 or in the byelaws are proposed. However, to streamline the law
and order pertaining to the environment of the city, certain norms are proposed in Chapter 20.


Environment

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Environment

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

en la0&104@18] dk layXud&d

Environmental Management Plan for Greater Noida 2021

1.1 Project Description

Fig 1.1:Population Congestion Around Greater Noida

Origin of Greater Noida

The Genesis & Evolution:

• After hearing of, public objection/suggestions invited by means of publication of notice in

• Few Observations were raised by Planning Committee on Master Plan 2021.

An effective EMP should ensure:

· Application of best practice environmental management to a project

1.3 Scope and Limitation

The scope of the study is:-

The limitation of the study is:-

Table 1.1: Project Team

This multidisciplinary pool of Human resource has enabled us to provide a wide-spectrum of

Table 1.2: Panel of Experts

S.No Name Qualification

13. Ms. Sumaiya Waheed M.Sc Environment Management

1.5 Processes of Preparation of EMP

1.6 Environmental Clearance obtained and its Conditions:

2. EIA Notification & Amendments

8 Building / Construction projects / Area Development projects

n As per Amendment dated June 19th 2013 and 22 nd August 2013,

Provided that the following shall not require Scoping-

Provided further that-

3.1.1 Regional connectivity

3.1.2 Internal Road Network

Ø Hierarchy of road network—

3.2 Impacts of Surrounding on Development and Vice Versa

4.1 Population Projections

4.1.1 Methods 1 (Average growth rate of neighbouring DMA towns method)

A study of surrounding NCR towns having similar industrial andadministrative characteristics

Year Growth Percent (in %) Population (In Lacs)

4.2 Land Use Breakup

Greater Noida Industrial Development Authority is now at a stage to attainthe completion

Table-4.2: Proposed Breakup of Land Use 2001

Sl.No. Landuse Area (ha.) Percentage

b. SCENARIO (Upto March 2006 with reference to draft Master Plan-2021)

Landuse Breakup (Existing)

Table-4.3: Proposed Breakup of Land Use (Existing)

Sl.No. Landuse Area (ha.) Percentage

Table-4.4: Proposed Breakup of Land Use (2021)

S.No. Particulars Area (Ha) Percentage

4.3 Infrastructure Development and its yearly Growth Pattern

(i-1) Water Supply

(i-5) Convergence Network

(i-7) Solid Waste Management

(i-8) Expenditure and Investment —

b. Existing Scenario (upto 2006 and onwards)

(i) Physical Infrastructure

(a) Transportation Master Plan has been prepared by M/sRITES Ltd.

(i-1) Water Supply

(i-5) Convergence Network

5.1 Baseline data on Ambient Air Quality

5.1.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)

Table 5.1: Revised National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)

Pollutant Time Weighted Concentration in Ambient air (mg/m3)

Nitrogen Dioxide Annual Average * 40 30 -Modified Jacob & Hochheiser

Ammonia (NH3) Annual Average * 100 100 -Chemiluminescence

TABLE 5.2: AVERAGE ANNUAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY DATA OF NOIDA

Place Category Air Quality Parameter- Range

Source: UPPCB, on 2 nd April 2014

1. Sampling Location: Sector 79 and nearby areas,

Fig 5.1: Ambient Air Monitoring Stations